Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Cable One, Inc.

Cable One, Inc.

cabo · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cabo
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 2817
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Cable One, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018 
ANNUAL REPORT   

LETTER FROM THE PRESIDENT & CEO

Dear Valued Cable ONE Shareholders,

Looking back on the last year, I want to 
express the deep sense of pride I feel at 
Cable ONE’s achievements and gratitude 
to our team of dedicated associates who 
made them possible. It is truly remarkable 
how much we accomplished for our 
customers and our shareholders.

 ƒ We continued the integration of our 

legacy NewWave systems culminating 
in a complex migration of their existing 
billing system to Cable ONE’s superior 
platform;

 ƒ We announced our intention to rebrand 

as Sparklight™ later this year; and

 ƒ In January 2019, we closed 

our acquisition of Clearwave 
Communications, expanding our fiber 
footprint and enterprise business 
segment. 

We also received a few amazing awards 
along the way, including the Cable FAX 
2018 MSO of the Year Award and J.D. 
Power’s highest accolade — the number 
one spot in the 2018 residential internet 
service provider satisfaction study for the 
western region of the United States. These 
accomplishments reflect the true Cable 
ONE spirit of our associates, who took on 
many new challenges to move our business 
forward while keeping our customers as 
their primary focus. 

AMPLIFYING OUR CORE,  
HIGHER-MARGIN PRODUCTS  

2018 was another step in our journey of 
driving profitable growth as a connectivity 
focused company, with revenue for our 
higher-margin Residential high-speed 
data and Business Services products 
increasing more than 18% and 19% year-
over-year, respectively. These services 
combined to contribute nearly 62% of our 
total revenues in the fourth quarter of 
2018. Our sharpened focus on these core 
products is reflected in our solid financial 
and operational performance. We finished 
the year with nearly $1.1 billion in revenue, 
Adjusted EBITDA1 growth of 12.9%, and 
Adjusted EBITDA margins1 of 46.7%. 

These results demonstrate the successful 
execution of our long-term strategy, which 
provides value to our shareholders.

EXPANDING OUR FOOTPRINT

We view ourselves as the natural 
aggregator of broadband providers in rural 
America. Since I became CEO in January 
2017, we have made or announced three 
acquisitions of scale, which have followed 
our strategy of looking for accretive 
targets while employing a disciplined 
capital deployment strategy. While we 
have grown in size, we remain committed 
to delivering quality, reliability and superior 
service to our customers. 

We are very excited about our recently 
completed acquisition of Clearwave 
Communications and the announced 
purchase of the data, video and voice 
business of Fidelity Communications. 
Clearwave is a regional fiber provider 
of services to business and enterprise 
customers with a 100% owned and 
underground network. 

Growing rapidly, Clearwave offers 
tremendous opportunity for both 
penetration gains and network expansion.  
Meanwhile, Fidelity offers yet another tax 
efficient and synergistic opportunity that is 
right in our wheelhouse — a family-owned 
operator providing service to residential 
and business customers throughout 
greater Arkansas, Illinois, Louisiana, 
Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas for nearly 
80 years. 

Fidelity’s network passes approximately 
190,000 homes and has approximately 
114,000 residential primary service units 
(“PSUs”) and 20,000 business PSUs. We 
are happy to welcome Clearwave into our 
family and look forward to the addition of 
Fidelity later this year.

WE ARE 

Over the past several years we have 
evolved significantly — through both our 
strategy and acquisitions. Beginning this 
summer, we will rebrand as Sparklight 
to better convey who we are and what 
we stand for —  a company committed 

to providing our communities with 
connectivity that enriches their world.  
While we are introducing a new brand, our 
corporate name will remain Cable One, Inc.

Sparklight reflects our transformation 
from our origins as a traditional cable 
company to a full-service provider that 
seamlessly connects customers to the 
things they care about, including family, 
work, entertainment and community. 
This is not simply about rebranding our 
products under a new name and a new 
look. We are enhancing the way we do 
business so that our customers feel like 
every interaction with us is effortless, our 
communities know we are here for the long 
term and the towns and cities we serve are 
proud to call us a neighbor. 

STRENGTHENING OUR COMMITMENT 
TO THE COMMUNITIES WE SERVE

Our associates’ commitment to our 
customers and passion for giving back to 
the communities we serve has created a 
unique culture that continues to flourish, 
even in times of growth and change. In 
keeping with our new Brand Principles – 
committed, helpful, proactive and personal 
– we are strengthening our engagement 
to our communities through educational 
programs, corporate giving and donations 
of time and resources.  Being a strong 
community partner is central to who we 
are, and we remain dedicated to making a 
positive impact on the cities and towns we 
also call home. 

We are motivated by and looking forward 
to the opportunities that 2019 will bring.  
I have every confidence that our pledge 
to care for our customers, serve our 
communities and pursue operational 
excellence will keep us on track for long-
term, sustainable growth. Thank you for 
your trust as we navigate these exciting 
times. 

Best,

Julia M. Laulis 
Chair of the Board, President &  
Chief Executive Officer

1 Please refer to the section entitled “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” appearing on page A-1 immediately after our Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
This Annual Report contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or 
current facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions and projections about our industry, business, financial results and financial condition. Please refer to the 
section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing on page 2 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 

Commission File Number: 001-36863 
Cable One, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation) 

210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, Arizona 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

13-3060083 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

85012 
(Zip Code)  

(602) 364-6000 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☑  No ☐ 
Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  Section  15(d)  of  the  Act.  

Yes ☐  No ☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☑  No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit 
such files). Yes ☑  No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of 
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting 
company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” 
and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

☑ 
☐ 

Accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 

☐ 
☐ 
☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes ☐  No ☑ 
The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  as  of  June  30,  2018  was  approximately  $3.1 
billion, based on the closing price for the registrant’s common stock on such date. For purposes of this computation only, all executive 
officers,  directors  and  10%  beneficial  owners  of  the  registrant  as  of  June  30,  2018  are  deemed  to  be  affiliates  of  the  registrant.  Such 
determination should not be deemed to be an admission that such executive officers, directors or 10% beneficial owners are, in fact, affiliates 
of the registrant. 

There were 5,703,322 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of February 22, 2019. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 
Portions  of  the  registrant's  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  relating  to  its  2019  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  to  be  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 
2018, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Business ....................................................................................................................................................... 
Risk Factors ................................................................................................................................................. 
Unresolved Staff Comments ........................................................................................................................ 
Properties ..................................................................................................................................................... 
Legal Proceedings ........................................................................................................................................ 
Mine Safety Disclosures .............................................................................................................................. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ...................................................................................................................................................... 
Selected Financial Data ................................................................................................................................ 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ....................... 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..................................................................... 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ............................................................................................ 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...................... 
Controls and Procedures .............................................................................................................................. 
Other Information ........................................................................................................................................ 

PART III 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ........................................................................... 
Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .... 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ............................................. 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ...................................................................................................... 

3
19
29
29
30
30

31
33
34
49
49
49
49
50

51
51
51
51
51

PART IV 

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ..................................................................................................... 
Form 10-K Summary ................................................................................................................................... 

52
54

Signatures ..........................................................................................................................................................................  S-1

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements .....................................................................................................................  F-1

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This document contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified 
by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, 
assumptions  and  projections  about  our  industry,  business,  financial  results  and  financial  condition.  Forward-looking 
statements often include words such as “will,” “should,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” 
“believes”  and  words  and  terms  of  similar  substance  in  connection  with  discussions  of  future  operating  or  financial 
performance. As with any projection or forecast, forward-looking statements are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and 
changes in circumstances. Our actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking 
statements. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking statement made by us or on our behalf. 
Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements include 
government regulation, economic, strategic, political and social conditions and the following factors: 

increases in programming costs and retransmission fees; 

rising levels of competition from historical and new entrants in our markets; 
recent and future changes in technology; 

   ● 
   ● 
   ●  our ability to continue to grow our business services products; 
   ● 
   ●  our ability to obtain hardware, software and operational support from vendors; 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 

the effects of any acquisitions by us; 
risks that our rebranding may not produce the benefits expected; 
adverse economic conditions; 
the integrity and security of our network and information systems; 
the impact of possible security breaches and other disruptions, including cyber-attacks; 

●  our failure to obtain necessary intellectual and proprietary rights to operate our business and the risk of intellectual 

property claims and litigation against us; 

   ●  our ability to retain key employees; 

● 

legislative or regulatory efforts to impose network neutrality (“net neutrality”) and other new requirements on our 
data services; 
additional regulation of our video and voice services; 

   ● 
   ●  our ability to renew cable system franchises; 
increases in pole attachment costs; 
   ● 
changes in local governmental franchising authority and broadcast carriage regulations; 
   ● 
the potential adverse effect of our level of indebtedness on our business, financial condition or results of operations 
● 
and cash flows; 
the possibility that interest rates will rise, causing our obligations to service our variable rate indebtedness to increase 
significantly; 

● 

   ●  our ability to incur future indebtedness; 
   ● 
fluctuations in our stock price; 
   ●  our ability to continue to pay dividends; 
   ●  dilution from equity awards and potential stock issuances in connection with acquisitions; 
   ●  provisions in our charter, by-laws and Delaware law that could discourage takeovers; and 
   ● 

the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Any forward-looking statements made by us in this document speak only as of the date on which they are made. We are under 
no  obligation,  and  expressly  disclaim  any  obligation,  except  as  required  by  law,  to  update  or  alter  our  forward-looking 
statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or otherwise. 

2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

Overview 

PART I 

Cable One, Inc. (“Cable One,” “us,” “our,” “we” or the “Company”) is a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice 
services in 21 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. We provide these broadband services to residential and business 
customers in more than 750 communities. The markets we serve are primarily non-metropolitan, secondary markets, with 
78%  of  our  customers  located  in  seven  states:  Arizona,  Idaho,  Illinois,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  Oklahoma  and  Texas.  Our 
biggest customer concentrations are in the Mississippi Gulf Coast region and in the greater Boise, Idaho region. We provided 
service to 804,865 residential and business customers out of approximately 2.1 million homes passed as of December 31, 
2018. Of these customers, 663,074 subscribed to data services, 326,423 subscribed to video services and 125,934 subscribed 
to voice services. 

We generate substantially all of our revenues through five primary products. Ranked by share of our total revenues during 
2018,  they  are  residential  data  (46.0%),  residential  video  (32.0%),  business  services  (data,  voice  and  video  –  14.5%), 
residential  voice  (3.8%) and  advertising  sales  (2.3%).  The  profit  margins,  growth  rates  and  capital  intensity  of  our  five 
primary products vary significantly due to competition, product maturity and relative costs. 

In 2018, our Adjusted EBITDA margins for residential data and business services were approximately six and seven times 
greater, respectively, than for residential video. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin for a product line as Adjusted EBITDA 
attributable to that product line divided by revenue attributable to that product line (see the section entitled “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Use of Adjusted EBITDA” for the definition of 
Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly comparable measure 
under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”)). This margin disparity is largely the result of 
significant programming costs and retransmission fees incurred to deliver residential video services, which in each of the last 
three years represented between 53% and 62% of total residential video revenues. None of our other product lines has direct 
costs representing as substantial a portion of revenues as programming costs and retransmission fees represent for residential 
video,  and  indirect  costs  are  allocated  equally  on  a  per  primary  service  unit  (“PSU”)  basis.  Programming  costs  and 
retransmission fees have a meaningfully lower impact on business services margins than residential video because business 
services include data and voice in addition to video, diminishing the relative impact of programming costs and retransmission 
fees on that product line as a whole. 

Prior to 2012, we were focused on growing revenues through subscriber retention and growth in overall PSUs. Accordingly, 
our strategies consisted of, among others, offering promotional discounts to new and existing subscribers adding new services 
and to subscribers purchasing more than one service offering. Since 2012, we have adapted our strategy to face the industry-
wide trends of declining profitability of residential video services and declining revenues from residential voice services. We 
believe  the  declining  profitability  of  residential  video  services  is  primarily  due  to  increasing  programming  costs  and 
retransmission fees and competition from other content providers, and the declining revenues from residential voice services 
are primarily due to the increasing use of wireless voice services instead of residential voice services. Beginning in 2013, we 
shifted  our  focus  away  from  maximizing  customer  PSUs  and  towards  growing  our  higher  margin  businesses,  namely 
residential data and business services. Separately, we have also focused on retaining customers with a high expected lifetime 
value (“LTV”), who are less attracted by discounting, require less support and churn less. This strategy focuses on increasing 
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and margins. 

The trends described above have impacted our four largest product lines in the following ways: 

●  Residential data. We experienced growth in the number of, and revenues from, our residential data customers every 
year since 2013. We expect this growth to continue due to projected increases in the number of potential customers 
for us to serve, as there are still a number of households in our markets that do not subscribe to data services from 
any provider. We expect to capture a portion of these customers and anticipate capturing additional market share 
from existing data subscribers due to our continued upgrades in broadband capacity, our ability to offer higher 
access speeds than many of our competitors and our Wi-Fi support service.  

●  Residential video. Residential video service is a highly competitive business. As we focus on the higher-margin 
businesses of residential data and business services, we have de-emphasized our residential video business and, as 
a result, expect residential video revenues to continue to decline in the future. 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
●  Residential voice. We have experienced declines in residential voice customers as a result of homes in the United 
States deciding to terminate their residential voice services and exclusively use wireless voice services. We believe 
this trend will continue because of competition from wireless voice service providers. Revenues from residential 
voice customers have declined over recent years, and we expect this decline will continue. 

●  Business services. We have experienced significant growth in business data and voice customers and revenues, and 
we expect this growth to continue. We attribute this growth to our strategic focus on increasing sales to business 
customers and our efforts to attract enterprise business customers. Margins in products sold to business customers 
have remained attractive, and we expect this trend to continue. 

We continue to experience increased competition, particularly from telephone companies, cable and municipal overbuilders, 
over-the-top (“OTT”) video providers and direct broadcast satellite (“DBS”) television providers. Because of the levels of 
competition we face, we believe it is important to make investments in our infrastructure. We elevated our capital investments 
between 2012 and 2018 to increase our plant capacities and reliability, launch all-digital video services (which has made 
available approximately half of average plant bandwidth for data services) and increase data capacity by moving from four-
channel  bonding  to  32-channel  bonding  (to  enable  our  1  Gigabit  per  second  (“Gbps”)  download  speed  data  service, 
GigaONE®).  We  expect  to  continue  devoting  financial  resources  to  infrastructure  improvements,  including  in  the  new 
markets we acquired in the RBI Holding LLC (“NewWave”) and Delta Communications, L.L.C. (“Clearwave”) transactions 
described below, because we believe these investments are necessary to remain competitive. We expect to spend up to $35 
million during 2019, in addition to the combined nearly $27 million spent for NewWave in 2018 and 2017, to enhance those 
acquired  operations  by  rebuilding  low  capacity  markets,  launching  all-digital  video  services,  implementing  32-channel 
bonding, converting back office functions such as billing, accounting and service provisioning, migrating products to legacy 
Cable One platforms and expanding our high-capacity fiber network. The term “legacy Cable One” in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K refers to Cable One operations excluding the impact or operations of NewWave or Clearwave. 

Our primary goals are to continue growing residential data and business services, to increase profit margins and to deliver 
strong Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. To achieve these goals, we intend to continue our 
industrial engineering-driven cost management, remain focused on customers with high LTV and follow through with further 
planned investments in broadband plant upgrades and new data service offerings for residential and business customers. 

Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation. Such regulation has led to increases in our operational and 
administrative expenses. In addition, we could be significantly impacted by changes to the existing regulatory framework, 
whether triggered by legislative, administrative or judicial rulings. In 2015, the Federal Communications Commission (the 
“FCC”)  used  its  Title  II  authority  to  regulate  broadband  internet  access  services  through  the  Open  Internet  Order  (the 
“Order”), which imposed on all providers of broadband internet access service, including us, obligations that limit the ways 
certain types of traffic can be managed and prescribes certain additional disclosure requirements. The Order was upheld in 
the  courts,  and  in  November  2018  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court  declined  to  review  the  lower  courts’  decisions.  However,  in 
December 2017, the FCC rescinded the majority of the open internet rules previously adopted in the Order, with the exception 
of the disclosure requirements. Several parties have challenged the FCC’s new rules in Federal courts, and those appeals are 
pending.  Congress  and  numerous  states  also  have  proposed  legislation  regarding  net  neutrality.  Several  states,  including 
Oregon and Washington (where we have subscribers), have adopted legislation that requires entities providing broadband 
internet access service in the state to comply with net neutrality requirements or that prohibits state and local government 
agencies from contracting with internet service providers that engage in certain network management activities based on paid 
prioritization, content blocking or other discrimination. We cannot predict whether or when future changes to the regulatory 
framework will occur at the FCC, in Congress, at the state level or in the courts. We also cannot predict whether or to what 
extent the rules as revised by the FCC, Congress, the states or the courts may affect our operations or impose costs on our 
business. 

We serve our customers through a plant and network with 100% two-way capacity measuring approximately 790 megahertz 
on average and DOCSIS 3.0 capabilities in all of our systems. Our technically advanced infrastructure provides for delivery 
of a full suite of data, video and voice products. Our broadband plant consists of a fiber-to-the-premises or hybrid fiber-
coaxial (“HFC”) network with ample unused capacity and standard download speeds of 100 Megabits per second (“Mbps”), 
which meaningfully distinguishes our offering from competitors in most of our markets. We have completed a multi-year 
investment program in our plant, which resulted in increased broadband capacity and reliability and which has enabled and 
will continue to enable us to offer even higher download speeds to our customers (at both the standard and enhanced data 
service levels), which we believe will reinforce our competitive strength in this area. 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Corporate History 

In  1986,  The  Washington  Post  Company  (the  prior  name  of  our  former  corporate  parent,  Graham  Holdings  Company 
(“GHC”))  acquired  from  Capital  Cities  Communications,  Inc.  a  number  of  other  companies  owning,  in  total,  53  cable 
television systems with approximately 350,000 subscribers in 15 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. Since then, we 
completed over 30 acquisitions and dispositions of cable systems, both through cash sales and system trades. In the process, 
we substantially reshaped our original geographic footprint and resized our typical system, including exiting a number of 
metropolitan markets and acquiring cable systems in non-metropolitan markets that fit our business model. On July 1, 2015, 
we  became  an  independent  company  traded  under  the  ticker  symbol  “CABO”  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  after 
completion of our spin-off from GHC (the “spin-off”). 

On May 1, 2017, we acquired NewWave, a provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business customers 
throughout non-urban areas of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri and Texas. 

On January 8, 2019, we acquired Clearwave, a facilities-based service provider that owns and operates a high-capacity fiber 
network  offering  dense  regional  coverage  in  Southern  Illinois.  The  acquisition  provides  us  with  a  premier  fiber  network 
within  our  existing  footprint,  further  enables  us  to  supply  our  customers  with  enhanced  business  services  solutions  and 
provides a platform to allow us to replicate Clearwave’s strategy in several of our other markets. 

We will be rebranding our business as Sparklight™ beginning in the summer of 2019. This new brand is intended to better 
convey who we are and what we stand for – a company committed to providing our communities with connectivity that 
enriches their world. In January 2019, as part of the rebrand, we began streamlining our residential internet service plans and 
pricing, offering even faster speeds, further value and the ability to include unlimited data on any plan. Sparklight will also 
strengthen our commitment to the communities we serve through educational programs, corporate giving and donations of 
time and resources. 

Industry Overview 

We are a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business customers across various 
geographic regions. We provide services that are similar to those provided by cable companies, telephone companies and 
fiber providers, among others. These providers, each to a varying degree, own and/or lease a network that allows them to 
deliver their services and distribute their signals to the homes and businesses of subscribers. In addition to building their own 
network backbone and/or leasing physical access to the network backbone, companies providing video services also purchase 
licenses  to  provide  their  subscribers  with  access  to  television  channels  owned  by  programmers  and  broadcasters  via 
distribution over the network backbone. Companies providing video services also typically sell advertising on their video 
channels. 

These companies generate revenue by charging subscription fees to their residential and business customers at rates that vary 
according to the data, video and/or voice services for which customers subscribe and the type of internet access and video 
equipment  furnished  to  them.  These  companies  generally  operate  in  their  chosen  geographic  markets  under  either  non-
exclusive franchises or other telecommunications licenses granted by state or local authorities for specified periods of time. 
These companies generally market and sell multiple PSUs in bundles or packages in order to maximize the number of PSUs 
per household, as they believe it is desirable to sell multiple products as a package as the fixed costs per customer can be 
spread over multiple PSUs. 

While we are smaller than the nation’s biggest providers of data, video and voice services, we have a record of consistent, 
long-term  financial  and  operational  success  driven  by  our  differentiated  operating  philosophy.  We  emphasize  focus  as 
opposed to scale, which is a departure from more conventional strategies in our industry, but is well suited to the markets in 
which we operate and enables us to take advantage of our strengths. 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our Strengths 

We leverage a variety of strengths as a service provider, stemming from, among other things, historical and ongoing capital 
investments  in  our  plant  and  our  focus  on  serving  customers  in  non-metropolitan  markets.  These  strengths  include  the 
following: 

Attractive markets. Our customers are located primarily in non-metropolitan, secondary markets with favorable competitive 
dynamics in comparison to major urban centers. In particular: 

●  We tend to face less vigorous competition from telephone companies than similar service providers in metropolitan 

markets. 

●  Advances in technology often come later to our markets — for example, few competitors in our markets offer fiber-

to-the-premises. 

●  Our  subscribers  tend  to  be  value-focused,  enabling  us  to  save  video  services  costs  by  not  carrying  expensive 

programming options with low subscriber demand. 

●  We  are  regionally  diversified, reducing  the impact  that  an  economic  downturn  in  a specific  geographic  market 

would have on our overall business. 

Deep  customer  understanding.  We  have  operated  as  a  non-metropolitan  service  provider  for  over  20  years.  In  order  to 
understand our customers’ demands and preferences, we have conducted daily customer research for more than two decades 
and currently conduct thousands of customer satisfaction surveys per year. We believe we have gained valuable insight into 
how to serve customers in non-metropolitan markets, including with respect to providing an optimal mix of video channel 
options, price points and best-in-class customer service levels. In addition, the vast majority of our employees (who we refer 
to as associates) reside and work in our markets, providing local services through education programs and donations of time 
and resources that enhance our commitment to the communities we serve. 

Superior broadband technology with ample unused capacity. We offer our residential and business data customers internet 
products at faster speeds than those available from competitors in most of our markets. Our broadband plant consists of a 
fiber-to-the-premises  or  HFC  network  with  ample  unused  capacity.  Our  standard  broadband  offering  for  our  residential 
customers is a download speed of 100 Mbps, which is at the high end of the range of standard residential offerings in our 
markets. Our fastest broadband offering for our residential customers is currently a download speed of up to 1 Gbps. We also 
offer WiFi ONE™ to residential customers across the entire legacy Cable One footprint. WiFi ONE is an advanced Wi-Fi 
solution  that  provides  customers  with  enhanced  Wi-Fi  signal  strength,  which  extends  and  improves  the  Wi-Fi  signal 
throughout the home. WiFi ONE is offered free of charge to residential customers who rent one or more modems from us. 

In addition, we have made significant investments in our business consistent with our strategic focus to enhance sales of 
residential data services and business services. We completed significant, multi-year plant and product enhancements in our 
legacy Cable One markets in 2017 and continued making enhancements in our NewWave markets in 2018, which increased 
our  broadband  capacity  and  reliability.  These  initiatives  caused  us  to  incur  multiple  years  of  higher  than  usual  capital 
spending. However, we believe the competitive benefits will be significant, particularly for data services. We also made the 
following ongoing capital investments and new product introductions in 2018: 

●  We continued to decrease the average number of data customers per unique service group by aggressively splitting 
service areas (fiber nodes), which substantially improves data throughput during periods of peak usage, minimizing 
disruptions in data access speeds to our customers. 

●  We  continued  to  invest  in  plant  reinforcement  projects,  which  have  enhanced  reliability,  and  plant  extension 

projects, which have expanded the number of serviceable homes and businesses. 

●  We virtually completed the roll out of GigaONE, our 1 Gbps data service, to legacy Cable One residential customers 
(which was available to over 98% of legacy Cable One homes passed as of December 31, 2018). We have made 
substantial progress in transitioning the acquired NewWave systems to 32-channel bonding, which will allow us to 
launch faster speeds, including GigaONE, throughout these markets in 2019. 

●  We continued to deploy 10 Gbps Ethernet Passive Optical Network (“EPON”) fiber-to-the-premises technology 
across  multiple  markets,  supporting  the  ongoing  roll-out  of  Piranha  Fiber®,  which  offers  market-leading 
symmetrical speeds of 2 Gbps to our business customers. 

6 

  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
●  We introduced a new managed Wi-Fi service for our small and medium-sized businesses. The enhanced product 
provides  up  to  10,000  square  feet  of  Wi-Fi  coverage  and  a  variety  of  self-service  solutions  through  our  One 
Gateway mobile application. 

●  We launched two new voice products for business customers — hosted voice and session initiation protocol (“SIP”) 
trunking. Hosted voice is an internet-delivered voice service that eliminates the need for an onsite phone system 
by providing cloud-based features and functionality. This removes the capital burden of an expensive infrastructure 
for small and medium-sized businesses. SIP trunking enables scalability and flexibility, providing customers who 
have modern phone systems with a more cost-effective solution compared to traditional voice services. 

We anticipate that the projects we have invested in over the last several years will facilitate sustained increases in residential 
data and business services revenues and customer satisfaction. 

Low cost structure and competitive pricing. We believe our operating costs, taken as a whole, are as low as or lower than 
any major service provider. We attribute our low-cost structure to a commitment to focusing on retaining our highest value 
customers (rather than seeking to obtain as many customers as possible) and the lower costs of operating in non-metropolitan 
markets compared to metropolitan markets. In addition, because we operate our residential and business data services with a 
competitive plant and cost structure, we are able to offer our customers both attractive pricing and compelling products. 

Customer satisfaction. We have a customer-focused approach, influencing how we are organized, how we sell our services 
and how we service our customers. For example, we offer a same-day service guarantee in almost every one of our markets, 
which we believe none of our major competitors in our markets currently offer. We believe that our dedication to providing 
a differentiated customer experience is an important driver of our overall value proposition and creates loyalty, improves 
customer retention and drives increased demand for our services. We have always focused on customer satisfaction, with an 
emphasis  on  consistently  benchmarking  our  customer  satisfaction  over  time  and  relative  to  our  competitors  based  on 
internally  and  externally  generated  customer  satisfaction  data.  We  received  the  highest  score  in  J.D.  Power’s  2018  U.S. 
Internet Service Provider Satisfaction Study for the western region. As part of rebranding our business as Sparklight, we will 
continue  our  focus  on  making  the  lives  of  our  customers  easier  by  providing  value-added  services,  such  as  expanding 
customer  self-service  options  through  improved  residential  and  business  online  portals  and  creating  a  more  personalized 
experience in updated and refreshed local offices. 

Employee satisfaction. We have also focused on employee satisfaction, believing our customers’ satisfaction is tightly linked 
to our employee satisfaction. Employee satisfaction has been consistently high throughout the past decade, based on routine 
internal  measurements.  We  currently  measure  our  employee  satisfaction  monthly.  None  of  our  employees  have  been 
unionized for over two decades. 

Experienced  management  team.  Our  senior  management  team  is  comprised  of  senior  executives  who  have  significant 
experience in our industry. Our executive management team has an average industry tenure of over 20 years and an average 
tenure at Cable One (or its predecessors) of over 10 years, and we believe this team is deeply knowledgeable about cost and 
competitive conditions in our markets. They also understand and are deeply committed to our strategy, which we developed, 
enhanced and updated on a collaborative basis over many years. 

Our Strategies 

We have a multi-faceted strategy that builds upon our long track record of focusing on the right markets, the right products 
and the right customers, as well as controlling our operating and capital costs. More specifically, our strategy includes the 
following principal components: 

Focus  on  larger  non-metropolitan  markets.  We  believe  our  decision  over  two  decades  ago  to  concentrate  on  non-
metropolitan  markets  has  served  us  well,  and  we  intend  to  continue  to  focus  on  offering  our  products  primarily  in  these 
markets.  The  economics  of  non-metropolitan  markets,  for  which  we have  optimized  our  strategy  and  our operations,  are 
different from operations in major cities, and have yielded positive operating results for our business. Because price points 
for services in non-metropolitan markets are generally lower, and customers in non-metropolitan markets tend to subscribe 
to fewer PSUs, our average revenue per customer and our PSUs per customer are lower than they might be in metropolitan 
markets. However, many of our costs are also lower than they would be in metropolitan markets. The dynamics of larger, 
non-metropolitan markets enable us to operate at attractive margins and earn substantial returns, while remaining consistent 
with our focus on meeting customer demand for low prices and simultaneously keeping costs down. In addition, we tend to 
face less vigorous competition than service providers in metropolitan markets. 

7 

   
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Maximize Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and drive profitable growth. We concentrate on the products and 
customers that maximize Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and provide the best opportunity for profitable growth. 
We believe residential video and residential voice face inexorable long-term declines. With respect to the video product, 
programmers and broadcasters are charging higher rates and retransmission fees for content to distributors providing video 
services (often for content for which viewership is declining), and distributors have had to choose between absorbing those 
increases to the detriment of their margins or passing on the full cost to customers, which adversely affects customer demand. 
At the same time, the rapid expansion of OTT offerings via the internet has given customers new alternatives to traditional 
video offerings. In addition, demand for cellular and smartphone offerings have reduced residential voice starts for us and 
others in our industry. As a result, we have reduced our focus on these two products and prioritized higher growth, higher 
margin opportunities such as residential data and business services. 

We have declined to cross-subsidize our video business with cash flow from our higher growth, higher margin products, 
which has resulted in our residential video customers declining at a faster rate than the industry average. Our residential video 
customers decreased by 10.5% in 2018 versus 2017 and legacy Cable One residential video customers decreased by 11.9% 
in 2017 versus 2016. While this strategy runs contrary to conventional wisdom in our industry, which puts heavy emphasis 
on video customer counts and maximizing the number of PSUs per customer by bundling and discounting services, we believe 
it best positions us for long-term success. For us, success in growing and retaining residential data and business customers is 
far more important than the number of triple-play package customers we have. 

Target  higher  value  residential  customers.  Since  2013,  we  have  introduced  rigorous  analytics  to  determine  the  LTV  of 
current and potential residential customers. We target marketing and customer service at customers who we believe are likely 
to produce relatively higher value over the life of their service relationships with us, rather than seeking to maximize the 
number of new customers. We analyze the net present value of every residential start and seek to identify customers with 
high LTV, who are more likely to buy data service, less likely to churn and more likely to pay on time. Seeking to retain and 
sell more or higher tier services to residential customers with a high LTV has enabled us to earn higher profits with fewer 
customers and PSUs per customer. We believe that optimizing the LTV of data-only customers as video and voice cord-
cutting accelerates is both a necessity and an opportunity for our business. 

Drive  growth  in  residential  data  and  business  services.  We  believe  our  residential  data  and  business  services  products 
provide  attractive  current  and  future  growth  opportunities.  Our  disciplined  prioritization  of  residential  data  and  business 
services is reflected in everything we do, including pricing, the allocation of sales, marketing and customer service resources, 
capital spending and the way we conduct negotiations with suppliers, especially video suppliers. During 2018, we continued 
to further diversify our revenue streams away from video as residential data and business services represented 60.5% of our 
total revenues versus 57.1% for 2017 and 54.4% for 2016. We believe we have demonstrated that it is possible to decouple 
unit growth in our residential data and residential video businesses, which historically have been marketed as a package. Our 
data-only connects are growing significantly faster than any other segment of our residential business as we have focused on 
selling data-only packages to new customers rather than cross-selling video services to these customers. 

Our business services revenues increased 19.0% compared to 2017. We expect to generate continued growth in business 
services by leveraging and investing in our existing infrastructure capabilities and footprint to offer higher broadband speeds 
than other providers in our markets and to expand our business services to attract more small, medium-sized and enterprise 
business customers. 

Continue our culture of cost leadership. We believe our total combined operating and capital costs per customer over the 
past  decade  have  been among  the  lowest  of any  service  provider  with  publicly  reported  numbers  and  that  our  operating 
margins compare very favorably with those of significantly bigger companies in our industry. This is the antithesis of normal 
economies-of-scale  expectations,  where  higher  volumes  are  expected  to  create  lower  costs  per  customer  and  increase 
operating margins. Rather than increasing our size and seeking cost savings through economies-of-scale, we have achieved 
our lower cost structure over many years by focusing on: 

● 

● 

● 

serving primarily non-metropolitan, secondary markets, which contain different customer dynamics from those in 
metropolitan markets and would require us to implement additional operational components; 

the adoption of new technologies only after they have been tested by other companies in other markets, rather than 
incurring the level of capital expenditures and risk necessary to be an early adopter of most new technologies; 

implementing a virtually centralized call center to receive inbound customer service calls and dispatch technicians 
across all of our markets, while keeping the majority of our call center employees in our non-metropolitan markets; 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
● 

● 

● 

● 

standardizing our programming offerings across legacy Cable One markets, which reduces our customer service 
costs, in contrast to other service providers that offer different programming packages in different markets; 

focusing on retaining and seeking high-LTV customers rather than trying to maximize the number of customers or 
PSUs per customer; 

aligning our resources to emphasize increased sales of residential data services and sales to business customers and 
continuing  our  industrial  engineering-driven  approach  to  cost  management,  rather  than  committing  resources 
equally to sales of all of our products; and 

investing  in  self-service  channels  to  improve  customer  satisfaction  by  allowing  us  to  meet  changing  customer 
expectations for round-the-clock service while also avoiding unnecessary wait times. 

We believe our strategy has produced positive results, and we have begun applying this strategy in our NewWave operations. 
From 2011 through December 31, 2018, legacy Cable One experienced a 60% reduction in bad debt; a 54% reduction in the 
frequency  of  telephone  customer  service  calls,  resulting  in  a  46%  headcount  reduction  in  telephone  customer  service 
personnel;  a  decline  of  38%  in  the  frequency  of  technicians  being  dispatched  to  customer  locations,  resulting  in  a  22% 
headcount reduction in the staff devoted to that function; and an overall headcount reduction, primarily through attrition, of 
25%  of  our  legacy  Cable  One  workforce.  During  this  same  period,  both  our  customer  and  employee  satisfaction  have 
remained high or improved based on internal measurements and, in the case of customer satisfaction, externally generated 
data. 

Balanced capital allocation. We are committed to a disciplined approach to evaluating acquisitions and internal investments, 
capital structure optimization and return of capital. 

Our Products 

Residential Data Services 

Residential data services represented 46.0%, 43.4% and 42.2% of our total revenues for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 
We offer multiple tiers of data services with download speeds up to 1 Gbps to over 98% of our legacy Cable One residential 
customers as of December 31, 2018 and up to 200 Mbps to our remaining residential customers. To meet the increasing 
bandwidth needs of our customers who use a growing number of devices in the home, we launched WiFi ONE in 2017 to 
residential customers across the entire legacy Cable One footprint. WiFi ONE is an advanced Wi-Fi solution combining state-
of-the-art technology solutions with certified Cable One technicians, who locate and configure hardware based on individual 
customer need. WiFi ONE provides customers with enhanced Wi-Fi signal strength, which extends and improves the Wi-Fi 
signal throughout the home. 

Residential Video Services 

Residential video services represented 32.0%, 34.6% and 36.0% of our total revenues for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 
We offer a broad variety of residential video services, generally ranging from a basic video service to a full digital service 
with  access  to  hundreds  of  channels.  Our  basic  video  service  generally  consists  of  local  networks,  local  community 
programming, such as governmental and public access, and certain other channels, such as weather, shopping and religious 
channels.  Our  digital  video  service  includes  national  and  regional  cable  networks,  music  channels  and  an  interactive, 
electronic programming guide with parental controls. We also offer premium channels, which include networks such as HBO, 
Showtime, Starz and Cinemax, that generally offer, without commercial interruption, movies, original programming, live 
sporting events and concerts and other features. Our digital video customers may also subscribe to our advanced services. 
Our advanced video services include whole-home DVRs, which digitally record programming and pause and rewind live 
programming, and high-definition set-top boxes, which provide high-resolution picture quality, improved audio quality and 
a wide-screen format and allow our customers to access internet content on their televisions. 

Our TV Everywhere product enables our video customers to stream many of their favorite channels and shows to mobile 
devices and computers, expanding the value of our video services. Our TV Everywhere product includes the most popular 
networks across a wide range of genres, including HBO and Cinemax. 

Residential Voice Services 

Residential voice services represented 3.8%, 4.6% and 5.2% of our total revenues for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our 
residential voice service transmits digital voice signals over our network and is an interconnected Voice over Internet Protocol 

9 

   
    
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(“VoIP”) service. Our voice services include unlimited local and long-distance calling, voicemail, call waiting, three-way 
calling, caller ID, anonymous call rejection and other features. Our voice services also provide international calling by the 
minute. 

Business Services 

We consider the data, voice and video products we provide to our business customers to be a separate product from our 
residential versions of these services. Business services represented 14.5%, 13.7% and 12.2% of our total revenues for 2018, 
2017  and  2016,  respectively.  We  offer  services  for  businesses  ranging  in  size  from  small  to  mid-market,  in  addition  to 
enterprise, wholesale and carrier customers. 

Our offerings for small businesses are generally provided over our coaxial network. Our data services offer various options 
with download speeds ranging from 25 Mbps up to 500 Mbps, with varying upload speeds. Our small business voice solutions 
range from one line to multi-line options, including the availability of popular calling features like simultaneous ring, hunt 
groups, selective call forwarding and much more. Business video packages range from a basic service tier to a comprehensive 
selection including variety, news and sports programming in high-definition. 

We offer delivery of data and voice services over EPON technology primarily for mid-market customers. This shared fiber 
architecture provides for a mixture of symmetrical and asymmetrical internet speeds ranging from 50 Mbps to 2 Gbps. We 
expect to expand EPON to additional areas and markets each year for the foreseeable future, especially in our competitive 
locations. 

For enterprise and wholesale customers, we offer dedicated bandwidth in addition to multiple voice services via fiber optic 
technology. Our fiber optic-based products include dark fiber in addition to dedicated internet access and ethernet private line 
with speeds ranging from 10 Mbps to 10 Gbps in scalable increments. We also offer network to network interface connections 
to other carriers at multiple points of presence across the United States. In 2017, we began offering ethernet services over our 
coaxial  network.  This  service  offers  symmetrical  speeds  ranging  from  3  Mbps  to  10  Mbps  and  is  available  directly  to 
enterprise customers in addition to wholesale and carrier customers. 

Advertising 

Advertising  sales  represented  2.3%,  2.6%  and  3.4%  of  our  total  revenues  for  2018,  2017  and  2016,  respectively.  Our 
agreements with each of our programmers provide that we may sell a specified amount of time on our programmers’ channels, 
to  both  local  and  national  advertising  clients.  We  offer  a  full  suite  of  digital  advertising  products,  including  website 
construction, targeted display and both short- and long-form video production. 

Competition 

We operate in a highly competitive, subscriber-driven and rapidly changing environment and compete with a growing number 
of entities that provide a broad range of communications products, services and content to subscribers. Our competitors have 
historically included, and we expect will continue to include, DBS providers, telephone companies that offer data and video 
services through digital subscriber line (“DSL”) technology or fiber-to-the-node networks, municipalities with fiber-based 
networks, regional fiber providers and other service providers that have been granted a franchise to operate in a geographic 
market in which we are already operating. 

Although approximately 71% of our footprint currently has limited competition for residential high-speed data service at 
speeds  comparable  to  our  own,  we  anticipate  a  slow  yet  steady  growth  of  new  entrants  into  our  markets.  Currently, 
approximately 9% of the residential homes passed in our markets have access to fiber-to-the-premises from our competitors 
who typically offer only high-speed data service. However, AT&T and its subsidiary DirecTV also offers video and wireless 
voice services along with its high-speed data service. We also face increasing competition from wireless telephone companies 
for our residential voice services, as some of our customers are replacing our residential voice services with wireless voice 
services. New entrants with significant financial resources may compete on a larger scale with our video and data services, 
and as more wireless voice service providers offer unlimited data options, some customers may choose to forgo our data 
services altogether. 

A small number of municipalities have also announced plans to construct their own data networks with access speeds that 
match or exceed those of our own through the use of fiber optic technology. In some cases, local government entities and 
municipal utilities may legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from a state or local governmental franchising 

10 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
authority (“LFA”), reducing their barriers to entry into our markets. The entrance of municipalities as competitors in our 
markets would add to the competition we face and could lead to additional customer attrition. 

While not an area of strategic focus for us, our video business also faces substantial and increasing competition from other 
forms of in-home and mobile entertainment, including Amazon Prime, Apple TV, Hulu, Netflix, Sling TV, YouTube TV and 
an increasing number of new entrants who offer OTT video programming, including many traditional programmers. Because 
of the significant size and financial resources of many of the companies behind such service offerings, we anticipate that they 
will continue to invest resources in increasing the availability of video content over the internet, which may result in less 
demand for the video services we provide. 

Competition  for  dedicated  fiber-optic  services  for  enterprise  business  customers  is  also  intense  as  both  local  telephone 
companies and regional overbuilders offer data and voice services over dedicated fiber connections. While certain of these 
entities  are  currently  more  widely-known  for  dedicated  fiber  services  than  we  are,  we  maintain  a  competitive  advantage 
through our local presence and deep customer relationships in the communities we serve. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2018, we had 2,224 full-time employees, and none were represented by a union. 

Available Information and Website 

Our  internet  address  is  www.cableone.net.  We  make  available  free  of  charge  through  our  website,  http://ir.cableone.net, 
copies  of  our  Annual  Reports  on  Form 10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form 10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form 8-K  and 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”),  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  such  documents  are  electronically  filed  with  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”).  Printed  copies  of  these  documents  will  be  furnished  without  charge 
(except exhibits) to any stockholder upon written request addressed to our Secretary at 210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, Arizona 
85012. The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and other 
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The contents of these websites are not incorporated by 
reference  into  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  shall  not  be  deemed  “filed”  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Further,  our 
references to website URLs are intended to be inactive textual references only. 

Executive Officers 

The following table presents certain information, as of February 27, 2019, concerning our executive officers. 

Name 

    Age    

Position 

Ms. Julia M. Laulis ................      56      Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Mr. Michael E. Bowker .........      50      Chief Operating Officer 
Mr. Steven S. Cochran ...........      47      Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
Mr. Kenneth E. Johnson .........      55      Senior Vice President, Technology Services 
Mr. Eric M. Lardy ..................     45     Senior Vice President 
Mr. Charles B. McDonald ......      43      Senior Vice President, Operations 
Mr. Peter N. Witty .................     51     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 

Julia M. Laulis 

Ms. Laulis has been Chair of the Board since January 2018, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors 
(the “Board”) since January 2017 and President of Cable One since January 2015. 

Ms. Laulis joined Cable One in 1999 as Director of Marketing – Northwest Division. In 2001, she was named Vice President 
of Operations for the Southwest Division. In 2004, she accepted the additional responsibility for starting up Cable One’s 
Phoenix  Customer  Care  Center.  In  2008,  she  was  named  Chief  Operations  Officer,  and  in  2012,  she  was  named  Chief 
Operating Officer of Cable One. In January 2015, she was promoted to President and Chief Operating Officer of Cable One. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Ms. Laulis served in various senior marketing positions with Jones Communications. Ms. Laulis 
began her 30-plus-year career in the cable industry with Hauser Communications. 

11 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Ms. Laulis serves on the boards of C-SPAN, CableLabs and The Cable Center and is a trustee of the C-SPAN Educational 
Foundation. 

Michael E. Bowker 

Mr. Bowker has been Chief Operating Officer of Cable One since May 2017. 

Mr. Bowker joined Cable One in 1999 as Advertising Regional Sales Manager. Mr. Bowker has been a Vice President of 
Cable One since 2005. He was named Vice President of Sales in 2012 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Chief 
Sales and Marketing Officer in 2014. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Bowker was with AT&T Media Services and TCI Cable, where he served in various sales 
management positions. 

Mr. Bowker serves on the board of the American Cable Association. 

Steven S. Cochran 

Mr. Cochran has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cable One since August 2018. 

Prior  to  joining  Cable  One,  Mr.  Cochran  served  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of 
WideOpenWest, Inc. (“WOW”) after holding various other positions at the company, including Chief Financial Officer, Chief 
Operating Officer and President. Prior to WOW, Mr. Cochran served in various finance and accounting roles at Millennium 
Digital Media, including Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Previously, Mr. Cochran was an accountant at 
Arthur Andersen LLP. 

Kenneth E. Johnson 

Mr. Johnson has been Senior Vice President, Technology Services of Cable One since May 2018. 

Mr. Johnson joined Cable One in 2017 as Vice President, Northeast Division following Cable One’s acquisition of NewWave. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Johnson served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Technology Officer for NewWave. 
Prior to NewWave, Mr. Johnson was Chief Technology Officer for SureWest Communications and Everest Connections. 

Mr. Johnson serves on the board of the National Cable Television Cooperative. 

Eric M. Lardy 

Mr. Lardy has been a Senior Vice President of Cable One since January 2017. 

Mr. Lardy joined Cable One in 1997 as a manager in one of our systems and has held a variety of positions of increasing 
responsibility in marketing, operations, and system general management. Mr. Lardy was named Vice President, Strategic 
Planning and Finance in 2014 and was promoted to Senior Vice President in January 2017. 

Charles B. McDonald 

Mr. McDonald has been Senior Vice President, Operations of Cable One since January 2016. 

Mr. McDonald joined Cable One in 2008 as an Industrial Engineer. Mr. McDonald was named Vice President, Customer 
Service Operations in 2014 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Operations in January 2016. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. McDonald worked as a Senior Process Engineer for Three-Five Systems and Brillian Corp. 

Peter N. Witty 

Mr. Witty has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Cable One since April 2018. 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Witty served as General Counsel and Secretary for Gas Technology Institute (“GTI”), an 
energy research, development and training organization. Prior to GTI, he spent 10 years with Abbott Laboratories, serving in 
various positions, including as Senior Counsel and Division Counsel. Mr. Witty previously practiced law as an associate at 
Latham & Watkins LLP and Ross & Hardies (now McGuireWoods LLP). 

Regulation and Legislation 

General 

Our  data,  video  and  voice  operations  are  subject  to  various  requirements  imposed  by  U.S.  Federal,  state  and  local 
governmental authorities. The regulation of certain cable rates pursuant to procedures established by Congress has negatively 
affected our revenues. Certain other legislative and regulatory matters discussed in this section also have the potential to 
adversely affect our data, video and voice businesses. The following discussion does not purport to be a complete summary 
of  all  the  provisions  of  U.S.  Federal  and  state  law  that  may  affect  our  operations.  Proposals  for  additional  or  revised 
regulations and requirements are pending before Congress, state legislatures, and state and Federal regulatory agencies. We 
generally  cannot  predict  whether  new  legislation  or  regulations,  court  action,  or  a  change  in  the  extent  of  application  or 
enforcement of current laws and regulations would have an adverse impact on our operations. 

Broadband Internet Access Services 

Broadband internet access service, which we currently offer in all our cable systems, is subject to some regulation at the 
Federal level and is not subject to state or local government regulation at this time, except for the state net neutrality laws 
discussed below. 

Regulatory Reclassification and Net Neutrality Regulation. In 2015, the FCC elected, by a 3-2 vote, to reclassify broadband 
internet access service as a “telecommunications service” and to subject the service to net neutrality and certain common 
carrier  regulations  under  Title  II  of  the  Communications  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Communications  Act”).  Those 
regulations:  (1)  prohibited  broadband  internet  access  service  providers  from  (a)  blocking  access  to  lawful  content, 
applications,  services  or  non-harmful  devices;  (b)  impairing  or  degrading  lawful  internet  traffic  on  the  basis  of  content, 
applications or services; or (c) favoring lawful traffic from one provider of internet content over lawful traffic of another 
content provider in exchange for consideration; (2) established a new “general conduct standard” that prohibited broadband 
internet access service providers from unreasonably interfering with or unreasonably disadvantaging the ability of consumers 
to  select,  access  and  use  the  lawful  internet  content,  applications,  services  or  devices  of  their  choosing;  and  (3)  required 
broadband  internet  access  service  providers  to  disclose  information  regarding  network  management,  performance  and 
commercial terms of the service to their customers. The Order was upheld in the courts, and in November 2018 the U.S. 
Supreme Court declined to review the lower courts’ decisions. However, in December 2017, the FCC rescinded the majority 
of the open internet rules previously adopted in the Order, with the exception of the disclosure requirements. Several parties 
have challenged the FCC’s new rules in Federal courts, and those appeals are pending. Congress and numerous states also 
have proposed legislation regarding the net neutrality rules. Several states, including Oregon and Washington (where we have 
subscribers), have adopted legislation that requires entities providing broadband internet access service in the state to comply 
with net neutrality requirements or that prohibits state and local government agencies from contracting with internet service 
providers  that  engage  in  certain  network  management  activities  based  on  paid  prioritization,  content  blocking  or  other 
discrimination.  Net  neutrality  obligations  could  cause  us  to  incur  additional  compliance  costs,  and  the  enforcement  or 
interpretation of these new obligations could adversely affect our business. We cannot predict whether or when future changes 
to the regulatory framework will occur at the FCC, in Congress, at the state level or in the courts. We also cannot predict 
whether or to what extent the rules as revised by the FCC, Congress, the states or the courts may affect our operations or 
impose costs on our business. 

Privacy. Broadband internet access service is subject to many of the same U.S. Federal and state privacy laws that apply to 
other electronic communications. These include the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, which addresses interceptions 
of electronic communications that are in transit; the Stored Communications Act, which addresses acquisitions of electronic 
data in storage; and other Federal and state privacy laws and regulations. As the collection and use of consumer data becomes 
more prevalent in the communications industry, our compliance obligations may grow. In November 2016, the FCC adopted 
new  rules  for  broadband  internet  access  services  to  protect  the  privacy  of  certain  information  broadband  internet  access 
service providers obtain about their customers. However, in April 2017, the broadband privacy and data security rules adopted 
by the FCC in 2016 were repealed pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, which also restricts the FCC from adopting 
“substantially similar” rules in the future. In September 2017, the FCC reinstated its previous rules applicable to customer 
proprietary network information (“CPNI”) for voice services. In addition, privacy legislation has been proposed at the Federal 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and state level, some of which would require broadband service providers to apply heightened privacy and security protections 
to customer data. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may impose costs on our business. 

In addition to FCC privacy regulations governing broadband internet access service, the Federal Trade Commission also may 
exercise authority over privacy by using its existing authority over unfair and deceptive acts or practices to apply greater 
restrictions  on  the  collection  and  use  of  personally  identifiable  and  other  information  relating  to  consumers.  It  also  has 
undertaken numerous enforcement actions against parties that do not provide sufficient security protections against the loss 
or  unauthorized  disclosure  of  this  type  of  information.  We  also  are  subject  to  stringent  data  security  and  data  retention 
requirements that apply to website operators and online services directed to children under 13 years of age, or that knowingly 
collect or post personal information from children under 13 years of age. Other privacy-oriented laws have been extended by 
courts to online video providers and are increasingly being used in privacy lawsuits, including class actions, against providers 
of video materials online. We cannot predict whether, when, or to what extent these obligations may impose costs on our 
business. 

We are also subject to Federal and state laws and regulations regarding data security that primarily apply to sensitive personal 
information that could be used to commit identity theft. Most states have security breach notification laws that generally 
require a business to give notice to consumers and government agencies when certain information has been disclosed due to 
a security breach, and the FCC has adopted security breach rules for voice services. Several states have also enacted general 
data security requirements to safeguard consumer information, including the proper disposal of consumer information. We 
cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may impose costs on our business. 

Digital Millennium Copyright Act. Owners of copyrights and trademarks actively seek to prevent use of the internet to violate 
their rights. For example, copyright and trademark owners assert claims that a customer used an internet service or resources 
accessed via the internet to post, download or disseminate copyrighted music, movies, software or other content without the 
consent of the copyright owner. In some cases, copyright and trademark owners have sought to recover damages from the 
broadband internet access service provider as well as or instead of the customer. The law relating to the potential liability of 
broadband  internet  access  service  providers  in  these  circumstances  is  unsettled.  In  1998,  Congress  adopted  the  Digital 
Millennium Copyright Act, which grants broadband internet access service providers protection against certain claims of 
copyright infringement resulting from the actions of customers if the internet provider complies with certain requirements. 
So far, Congress has not adopted similar immunity for broadband internet access service providers for trademark infringement 
claims. 

Business Data Services. In April 2017, the FCC adopted a new deregulatory framework for Business Data Services (“BDS”), 
formerly known as “special access” services. These services provide dedicated point-to-point transmission of data at certain 
guaranteed speeds and service levels using high-capacity connections. The new framework eliminates pricing regulation for 
certain types of BDS and establishes a competitive market test for determining whether other types of BDS should remain 
subject to pricing regulation. Several parties challenged the FCC’s decision in Federal court, and the court remanded a portion 
of the decision back to the FCC for further consideration. At this time, we cannot predict how these rule changes will affect 
our business. 

Video Services 

Title VI of the Communications Act establishes the principal Federal regulatory framework for our operation of cable systems 
and  for  the  provision  of  our  video  services.  The  Communications  Act  allocates  primary  responsibility  for  enforcing  the 
Federal policies among the FCC and state and local governmental authorities. 

Franchising. We are required to obtain franchises from state or local governmental authorities to operate our cable systems. 
Those franchises typically are non-exclusive and limited in time, contain various conditions and limitations and provide for 
the payment of fees to the local authority, determined generally as a percentage of revenues. Failure to comply with all of the 
terms and conditions of a franchise may give rise to rights of termination by the franchising authority. The FCC has adopted 
rules designed to expedite the process of awarding competitive franchises and relieving applicants for competing franchises 
of some locally-imposed franchise obligations. This development, which is especially beneficial to new entrants, is expected 
to continue to accelerate the competition we are experiencing in the video service marketplace. In July 2017, the U.S. Court 
of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit vacated and remanded to the FCC its prior determination that local franchising authorities 
are prohibited from regulating non-telecommunications services provided by incumbent cable operators and that the term 
“franchise fees” under the statute includes all “in-kind” payments. The FCC is reviewing these issues as a result of the remand. 
We cannot predict the outcome of the remand to the FCC, and whether or to what extent the rules as revised by the FCC or 
the courts may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. 

14 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Rate Regulation. FCC regulations prohibit LFAs or the FCC from regulating the rates that cable systems charge for certain 
levels of video cable service, equipment and service calls when those cable systems are subject to “effective competition.” In 
2015,  the  FCC  revised  its  rate  regulations  to  create  a  presumption  that  all  cable  systems  are  subject  to  the  effective-
competition exemption unless proven otherwise. In July 2017, the D.C. Circuit upheld the FCC’s decision on appeal. 

“Must-Carry” and Retransmission Consent and Content Rules. U.S. Federal law provides that a television broadcast station 
may, subject to certain limitations, insist on carriage of its signal on cable systems located within the station’s prescribed 
area. As a result, certain of our cable systems must carry broadcast stations that we might not otherwise have elected to carry. 

In  other  cases,  we  have  been  required  to  provide  consideration to  broadcasters  to  obtain  retransmission  consent,  such  as 
commitments to carry other program services offered by a station or an affiliated company, to purchase advertising on a 
station or to provide advertising availabilities on cable to a station or to provide cash compensation. This development results 
in  increased  operating  costs  for  cable  systems,  which  ultimately  increases  the  rates  cable  systems  charge  subscribers.  In 
March  and  November  2014,  the  FCC  and  Congress  imposed  new  requirements  in  this  area  including  restrictions  on 
broadcasters’ ability to jointly negotiate with cable providers for carriage of their stations, and the FCC is seeking comment 
on possible changes to regulations in this area, which could affect our business. In July 2016, the FCC announced that it 
would not adopt additional rules governing good faith negotiations for retransmission consent, but it would be prepared to 
assist in negotiations when necessary. In September 2014, the FCC repealed its sports blackout rules, which prohibited cable 
and satellite operators from retransmitting any sports event that was blacked out on a local broadcast station. 

Media Ownership Rules. In November 2017, the FCC took steps to relax its media ownership rules, which, among other 
things, would eliminate  restrictions  that  limit  the  number of  commonly  owned  television stations per  market  and  restrict 
newspaper/broadcast  and  radio/television  station  cross-ownership.  These  rules  are  in  effect,  but  have  been  challenged  in 
Federal court. In December 2017, the FCC announced a further proceeding that could eventually lead to additional relaxation 
of  the  FCC’s  media  ownership  rules,  including  the  cap  on  the  number  of  television  stations  that  one  entity  can  control 
nationwide. In December 2018, the FCC commenced the next quadrennial review of the media ownership rules. We cannot 
predict the outcome of the ongoing reviews by the FCC and the Federal court and whether or to what extent the rules as 
revised by the FCC or the courts may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. These changes or proposed 
changes could increase the negotiating leverage that broadcasters hold in retransmission consent negotiations and thereby 
possibly increase the amounts we pay to broadcasters for retransmission fees. 

Independent Programming. In September 2016, the FCC initiated a rulemaking proceeding to adopt rules prohibiting certain 
practices that may affect the relationship between multichannel video programming distributors (“MVPDs”), such as us, and 
independent programmers. The proposal examines whether certain “most favored nation” and alternative distribution method 
provisions  in  program  carriage  agreements  should  be  prohibited  and  whether  program  bundling  practices  by  large 
programmers affect the ability of MVPDs to carry independent programmers. We cannot predict whether the FCC will pursue 
this proceeding, and, if so, how it will proceed. 

Pole Attachments. U.S. Federal law requires most telephone and power utilities to charge reasonable rates to cable operators 
for utilizing space on utility poles or in underground conduits. In May 2010 and again in April 2011, the FCC adopted new 
requirements relating to pole access and construction practices that were expected to improve the ability of cable operators 
to attach to utility poles on a timely basis and to lower the pole attachment rate for telecommunications services. In October 
2013, the U.S. Supreme Court declined to review a lower court’s decision to uphold the FCC’s pole attachment regulations. 
The FCC further revised its pole attachment rules in November 2015 to adjust the formula for calculating pole rental rates, 
which resulted in similar rates for telecommunications attachments and cable attachments and eliminated the ability of utility 
companies to justify higher rates for pole attachments used to provide broadband internet access service. In July 2017, the 
U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit upheld the FCC’s November 2015 pole attachment decision. In April 2018, the 
U.S. Supreme Court declined to review that decision. In October 2017, the FCC adopted a one-touch make-ready policy for 
pole attachments, which has been challenged by the utility companies. We cannot predict the outcome of this proceeding, or 
how this proceeding may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. In the meantime, the appropriate method for 
calculating pole attachment rates for cable operators that provide VoIP services remains unclear, although the FCC’s rule 
revisions  to  equalize  pole  attachment  rates  and  its  December  2017  reversal  of  its  previous  reclassification  of  broadband 
internet access services make this issue less significant. We cannot predict the extent to which these and other rule changes 
will affect our ability over time to secure timely access to poles at reasonable rates for our data, voice and video services. As 
a general matter, changes to our pole attachment rate structure could significantly increase our annual pole attachment costs. 

15 

  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
U.S. Federal Copyright Issues. The Copyright Act of 1976, as amended (the “Copyright Act”), gives cable systems the ability, 
under  certain  terms  and  conditions  and  assuming  that  any  applicable  retransmission  consents  have  been  obtained,  to 
retransmit the signals of television stations pursuant to a compulsory copyright license. 

The U.S. Copyright Office is considering requests for clarification and revisions of certain cable compulsory copyright license 
reporting requirements, and from time to time, other revisions to the cable compulsory copyright rules are considered. We 
cannot predict the outcome of any such inquiries. However, it is possible that changes in the rules or copyright compulsory 
license fee computations or compliance procedures could have an adverse effect on our business by, for example, increasing 
copyright compulsory license fee costs or by causing us to reduce or discontinue carriage of certain broadcast signals that we 
currently carry on a discretionary basis. 

Telephone Company Competition. U.S. Federal law permits telephone companies to offer video programming services. Over 
the past decade, telephone companies have pursued multiple strategies to enter the market for the delivery of multichannel 
video programming services, such as merging with DBS operators, in the case of AT&T and DirecTV, or obtaining local 
franchise agreements. Increased competition from telephone companies that provide competing services could have a material 
effect on our business. 

Over-the-Top Video Programming. The continued proliferation of broadband services in the United States has enabled cable 
programmers and broadcast television stations and networks to “stream” their video content to consumers over the internet. 
Although we have benefited generally from the growth in broadband due to our role as a provider of broadband services, the 
continued and growing availability of cable programming and broadcast television content on the internet may result in less 
demand for our video cable service offering. Some providers of cable service are marketing their own version of OTT video 
programming, thus enabling their subscribers to access cable programming outside of their home or business. Some fixed 
and wireless broadband providers are excluding certain streamed content from metered data charges or data limits in an effort 
to make their broadband service more attractive to consumers. In addition, online video distributors and other OTT video 
distributors have begun to stream broadcast programming over the internet. In some cases, distributors streamed broadcast 
programming without the consent of broadcasters and copyright owners. Broadcasters challenged this practice, and in June 
2014,  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court  determined  that  such  streaming  requires  the  consent  of  the  applicable  copyright  owner. 
However, there is a potential for other streaming services to attempt to enter the market, and in December 2014, the FCC 
opened a proceeding concerning how OTT providers should be classified for purposes of the FCC’s rules. We cannot predict 
the outcome of these proceedings, nor related litigation, nor how widespread these practices may become or the extent to 
which  the  integrated  functionality  and  ease  of  use  of  the  cable  platform  will  continue  to  appeal  to  the  majority  of  our 
subscribers. 

Wireless  Services. In  2017,  the  FCC  completed  an  auction  of  additional  spectrum,  including  spectrum  in  the  television 
broadcast band, for use by wireless broadband providers. The FCC process provided for both the auction of spectrum and a 
“repacking,” whereby certain broadcast stations will move to new channel allotments so as to free up a nationwide block of 
spectrum  for wireless  broadband  use.  The availability  of more  spectrum  to  enable  wireless  video  services over  time  will 
create additional competitive alternatives to cable services. The auction ended in March 2017, and in April 2017, the FCC 
began the process of transitioning broadcast stations to new channel assignments. MVPDs are required to submit an estimate 
of the costs incurred to continue carrying stations that were reassigned to new channels. We cannot predict the amount of 
funding, if any, that we might receive from the disbursement of these funds. 

Set-Top Boxes. Congress, the FCC and other government agencies have for some time been developing and implementing 
regulations that affect the types of set-top boxes that cable operators can lease or deploy to their subscribers. Prior to 2015, 
FCC rules banned the integration of security and non-security function in set-top boxes and required MVPDs to allow third-
party vendors to provide set-top boxes with basic converter functions. In 2015, Congress repealed the integration ban and 
mandated that the FCC establish a working group to identify, report on and recommend a successor technology- and platform-
neutral security solution. In February 2016, the FCC opened a rulemaking to consider proposals that would require any retail 
video device to work on any cable operator’s system, but this item was removed from active FCC review. We cannot predict 
if or when new changes may be proposed, what effect such changes may have on our operations, or if they will increase our 
costs and impair our ability to deliver programming to our customers. 

Disability Access. In September 2010, Congress passed the Twenty-First Century Communications and Video Accessibility 
Act  (the  “CVAA”).  The  CVAA  directs  the  FCC  to  impose  additional  accessibility  requirements  on  cable  operators.  For 
example,  cable  operators  that  serve  50,000  or  more  subscribers  must  provide  50  hours  of  video  description  per  calendar 
quarter during primetime or on children’s programming on each channel on which they carry one of the top five national non-
broadcast networks. In addition, cable operators of all sizes must pass through video description that is provided for each 
broadcast station or non-broadcast network that they carry. Compliance imposes certain costs on us. The CVAA also directs 

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
the FCC to adopt rules to help ensure that persons with disabilities have access to video programming and related information. 
The FCC has adopted a requirement that equipment used by consumers to access video programming and other services 
offered by cable operators make on-screen text menus and guides for the display or selection of video programming audibly 
accessible to individuals who are blind or visually impaired. In October 2013, the FCC also initiated a proceeding to consider 
additional  rules.  In  February  2014,  the  FCC  issued  an  order  adopting  closed  captioning  quality  standards  for  video 
programming distributors (“VPDs”) and, in February 2016, the FCC amended its rules to allocate responsibility for the quality 
of  closed  captioning  between  video  programmers  and  VPDs.  The  FCC  also  revised  its  procedures  for  the  handling  of 
complaints regarding closed captioning quality. We cannot predict any further actions the FCC will take in this proceeding 
or the extent to which any such requirements may impose new costs on us. 

In 2017, the FCC increased the amount of video-described programming for covered broadcast and cable channels from 50 
hours to 87.5 hours and the number of cable networks that are required to provide video-described programming. We cannot 
predict how these new obligations could impose costs on our business. 

ATSC 3.0. In November 2017, the FCC adopted new rules to authorize television stations to use the “Next Generation TV” 
broadcast television standard, ATSC 3.0. Should use of the new standard become widespread, we could be required to deploy 
new equipment and our carriage obligations may be impacted. We cannot predict the effect that use of the new standard could 
have on our equipment costs, carriage obligations or retransmission fees. 

Other Requirements. The FCC regulates various other aspects of cable operations, including certain terms for commercial 
leased access, signal leakage, distant broadcast station signals and technical standards. We cannot predict whether, when or 
to what extent changes to these and other regulations may affect our operations or costs. 

Voice Services 

Voice Over Internet Protocol. Service providers, including us and others, offer VoIP service, which permits users to make 
voice calls over broadband communications networks, including the internet, to recipients on the public switched telephone 
network (“PSTN”)  and other broadband  communications networks.  U.S.  Federal  law preempts  state  and  local  regulatory 
barriers to the offering of voice service by service providers, and the FCC and U.S. Federal courts generally have preempted 
state laws that seek to regulate or classify VoIP. 

The FCC has held that VoIP services are IP-enabled services, which are interstate in nature and thus subject exclusively to 
the FCC’s U.S. Federal jurisdiction and not to state regulation. This decision was upheld on appeal, although the FCC has an 
ongoing  proceeding  to  consider  whether  VoIP  services  provided  by  service  providers  are  properly  classified  as  an 
“information service,” “telecommunications service” or some other new category of service. This determination, once made, 
could have numerous regulatory implications for service providers that provide interconnected VoIP services, including us. 
Although the FCC has yet to ascribe a regulatory definition to VoIP services, the FCC nevertheless has imposed a number of 
obligations on interconnected VoIP service providers, some of which are discussed more fully below. 

The Minnesota Public Utilities Commission (“PUC”) has ruled that the VoIP service of another cable operator should be 
classified and regulated as a telecommunications service in the state, subject to entry and rate regulation. In May 2017, the 
U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota held that such operator’s VoIP service is an “information service” rather 
than a “telecommunications service,” which prevents the Minnesota PUC from regulating VoIP as a telecommunications 
service in Minnesota. The Minnesota PUC appealed the decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit. The 
FCC supported the cable operator in its appeal. In September 2018, the Eighth Circuit upheld the district court decision and 
denied the Minnesota PUC’s petition for rehearing in December 2018. We cannot predict whether the Minnesota PUC will 
ask the U.S. Supreme Court to review the Eighth Circuit decision, the outcome of the proceeding or how the proceeding may 
affect our operations or impose costs on our business. 

Emergency 911 Services. The FCC has ruled that an interconnected VoIP service provider that enables its customers to make 
calls to and receive calls from persons who use the PSTN must provide its customers with the same enhanced 911 (“E911”) 
features that traditional telephone and wireless companies are obligated to provide. This requirement was upheld on appeal. 
In  January  2015,  the  FCC  established  indoor  location  requirements  when  E911  calls  are  made  by  interconnected  VoIP 
subscribers.  The  FCC  also  requires  certain  providers  of  facilities-based  fixed,  residential  voice  services,  which  includes 
interconnected  VoIP  service  providers,  to  offer  backup  power  options  to  consumers  and  to  inform  consumers  of  the 
availability of such options. 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
CALEA. FCC  regulations  require  providers  of  interconnected  VoIP  service  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the 
Communications  Assistance  for  Law  Enforcement  Act,  which  requires  covered  entities  and  their  equipment  suppliers  to 
deploy equipment that law enforcement officials can access readily for lawful wiretap purposes. 

Universal  Service. The  FCC  has  determined  that  interconnected  VoIP  service  providers  must  contribute  to  the  Federal 
Universal Service Fund (the “USF”). The amount of a company’s USF contribution is based on a percentage of revenues 
earned  from  end-user  interstate  and  international  interconnected  VoIP  services.  We  are  permitted  to  recover  these 
contributions from our customers. In October 2011, the FCC adopted an order and new rules intended to transition the USF 
so that it supports the build out of broadband, rather than telecommunications facilities. The order principally addressed the 
manner in which universal service funds will be distributed to network operators for broadband build out. In April 2012, the 
FCC initiated a proceeding that focused on reforming the nature and manner in which entities should contribute to the USF 
and at what levels. We cannot predict whether and how such reform will occur and the extent to which it may affect providers 
of  VoIP  services,  including  us  and  our  competitors.  The  FCC’s  2011  universal  service  reform  order  was  subject  to  both 
reconsideration requests and appeals, and in May 2014, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit upheld the order in 
its entirety, and the U.S. Supreme Court declined to review the case. In November 2010, the FCC determined that states may 
impose state USF fees on interconnected VoIP service providers subject to certain limitations and requirements. State USF 
contributions are based on a percentage of revenues earned from end-user intrastate interconnected VoIP services, and we 
are typically permitted to recover these contributions from our customers. We cannot predict whether or how the imposition 
of  such  state-based  universal  service  fees  will  affect  our  operations  and  business.  In  addition,  the  FCC  has  focused  on 
subsidizing broadband deployment and this shift could help some of our competitors. For example, the FCC substantially 
revised the program that provides universal service support for services to schools and libraries to shift support from voice 
services to broadband services and the deployment of Wi-Fi networks. Similarly, the FCC has expanded its Lifeline subsidy 
program for low-income consumers to include broadband services in addition to voice services and is considering further 
changes that may affect the Lifeline program. We cannot predict whether or how these programs will be changed. 

Intercarrier Compensation. The order and new rules adopted by the FCC in October 2011 in connection with universal service 
reform also addressed intercarrier compensation and specified that “VoIP-PSTN traffic,” that is, traffic exchanged over public 
switched  telephone  network  facilities  that  originates  and/or  terminates  in  IP  format,  which  includes  interconnected  VoIP 
traffic, is subject to intercarrier compensation obligations either on the basis of specified default charges or through negotiated 
rates. The FCC’s order was subject to both reconsideration requests and appeals. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth 
Circuit upheld the order in its entirety, and the U.S. Supreme Court declined to review the case. Future FCC determinations 
regarding the rates, terms and conditions for transporting and terminating such traffic could have a profound and material 
effect on the profitability of providing voice and data services. 

Customer Proprietary Network Information. In 2007, the FCC adopted rules expanding the protection of CPNI and extending 
CPNI protection requirements to providers of interconnected VoIP service. CPNI is information about the quantity, technical 
configuration, type, location and amount of a voice customer’s use. These requirements generally have increased the cost of 
providing  interconnected  VoIP  service,  as  providers  now  must  implement  various  safeguards  to  protect  CPNI  from 
unauthorized disclosure. 

Access for Persons with Disabilities. FCC regulations require providers of interconnected VoIP services to comply with all 
disability access requirements that apply to telecommunications carriers, including the provision of telecommunications relay 
services for persons with speech or hearing impairments. The FCC also has adopted reporting requirements associated with 
disability  access  obligations.  We  and  other  interconnected  VoIP  service  providers  must  also  contribute  to  the  interstate 
Telecommunications  Relay  Service  Fund  to  support  such  access.  These  requirements  generally  have  had  the  effect  of 
increasing the cost of providing VoIP services. 

Service Discontinuance and Outage Obligations. In 2009, the FCC adopted rules subjecting providers of interconnected VoIP 
services to the same service discontinuance requirements applicable to providers of wireline telecommunication services. In 
2012, the FCC adopted mandatory outage reporting requirements for interconnected VoIP service providers, which apply 
when customers of interconnected VoIP service lose service or connectivity and, as a result, are unable to access 911 service. 
Along with other FCC actions described in this section, which impose legacy telecom obligations on interconnected VoIP 
providers, this development will subject our interconnected VoIP services to greater regulation and, therefore, greater burdens 
and costs. 

Regulatory Fees. The FCC requires interconnected VoIP service providers to contribute to shared costs of FCC regulation 
through an annual regulatory fee assessment. These fees have increased our cost of providing VoIP services. The FCC from 
time to time revises its regulatory fees and sometimes creates new fees. We cannot predict when or the extent to which the 
FCC will adopt new rules or regulatory fees affecting VoIP service providers, which could affect our cost of doing business. 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
Local Number Portability. Providers of interconnected VoIP services and their “numbering partners” must ensure that their 
subscribers have the ability to port their telephone numbers when changing service providers. We, along with other providers 
of interconnected VoIP service, must contribute funds to cover the shared costs of local number portability and the costs of 
North  American  Numbering  Plan  Administration.  In  June  2015,  the  FCC  adopted  rules  requiring  additional  numbering 
requirements, such as allowing consumers access to abbreviated dialing codes like 211 and 311 in certain circumstances, to 
be applied to interconnected VoIP service providers. Although consumers’ ability to port their existing telephone numbers to 
interconnected VoIP service has created additional opportunities for us to gain voice customers, the local number portability 
and associated rules overall have had the effect of increasing the cost of providing VoIP service. 

Rural Calling Issues. In October 2013, the FCC adopted new rules to combat problems with the completion of long-distance 
calls to rural areas. The new rules applied detailed record keeping, record retention and reporting requirements on all voice 
providers, including VoIP service providers, subject to certain exceptions. The rules also prohibit VoIP service providers 
(and other voice providers) from using false audible ringing when originating calls. The FCC further revised its rules in April 
2018, but we cannot predict how these rule changes may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. 

State and Local Taxes 

The Internet Tax Freedom Act prohibits most states and localities from imposing taxes on internet access service charges. 
Legislative and administrative proceedings in some states and localities have imposed or are considering adopting changes 
to general business taxes, central assessments for property tax and new taxes and fees applicable to our services. Often, DBS 
and other competitors that deliver their services over the internet do not face similar state tax and fee burdens. In addition, 
the FCC’s 2015 reclassification of broadband internet access services as Title II telecommunications services may cause or 
allow,  directly  or  indirectly,  some  states  and  localities  to  seek  to  impose  additional  taxes  and  fees  on  our  data  services. 
However, such state and local actions may be hindered by the FCC’s decision to rescind the majority of the rules adopted in 
the Order. 

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

You should carefully consider all of the information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and each of the risks described 
below,  which  we  believe  are  the  principal  risks  that  we  face.  Some  risks  relate  principally  to  the  securities  markets  and 
ownership of our common stock. 

Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial results, financial condition and results 
of operations and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. 

Risks Relating to Our Business 

We face significant competition from other service providers, as well as other well-capitalized entrants in the video and 
data services industry, which could reduce our market share and lower our profits. 

We operate in a highly competitive, subscriber-driven and rapidly changing environment and compete with a growing number 
of entities that provide a broad range of communications products, services and content to subscribers. Our competitors have 
historically included, and we expect will continue to include, DBS providers; telephone companies that offer data and video 
services through DSL or fiber-to-the-node networks; municipalities with fiber-based networks; regional fiber providers and 
other service providers that have been granted a franchise to operate in a geographic market in which we are already operating. 

Our cable systems generally operate pursuant to franchises, permits and similar authorizations issued by LFAs, and these 
franchises  are  typically  non-exclusive.  Accordingly,  LFAs  can  grant  additional  franchises  to  our  competitors  and  create 
competition in our markets where none existed previously, resulting in overbuilds. In some cases, the FCC has adopted rules 
that streamline entry for new competitors (particularly those affiliated with telephone companies) and reduce franchising 
burdens for these new entrants. Although as a general matter internet service providers have upgraded their data networks to 
enable faster upload and download speeds for their customers in metropolitan markets before upgrading their data networks 
in our markets, approximately 29% of our footprint has been overbuilt and currently faces competition for residential high-
speed data service at speeds comparable to our own, and we anticipate a slow yet steady growth of new entrants into our 
markets. Currently, approximately 9% of the residential homes passed in our markets have access to fiber-to-the-premises 
from  our  competitors  who  typically  offer  only  high-speed  data  service.  Further  overbuilding  could  cause  more  of  our 
customers to purchase data and video services from our competitors instead of from us. In certain of our markets, some of 
our telephone company competitors have entered into strategic partnerships or other arrangements with DBS operators that 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
permit these telephone companies to package the video services of DBS operators with their own data, residential voice and 
wireless  voice  services.  An  example  of  such  arrangement  is  AT&T’s  ownership  of  DirecTV.  We  also  face  increasing 
competition from wireless telephone companies for residential voice services, as some of our customers are replacing our 
residential  voice  services  completely  with  wireless  voice  services.  In  addition,  new  entrants  with  significant  financial 
resources may compete on a larger scale with our video and data services, and as more wireless voice service providers offer 
unlimited  data  options,  some  customers  may  choose  to  forgo  our  data  services  altogether.  We  may  also  face  increasing 
competition from various providers of wireless internet offerings, including wireless telephone carriers that are developing 
high-speed “5G” wireless networks and public locations or commercial establishments offering Wi-Fi at no cost. 

A small number of municipalities have also announced plans to construct their own data networks with access speeds that 
match or exceed those of our own through the use of fiber optic technology. In some cases, local government entities and 
municipal utilities may legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from an LFA, reducing their barriers to entry 
into our markets. The entrance of municipalities as competitors in our markets would add to the competition we face and 
could lead to additional customer attrition. 

Our video business also faces substantial and increasing competition from other forms of in-home and mobile entertainment, 
including Amazon Prime, Apple TV, Hulu, Netflix, Sling TV, YouTube TV and an increasing number of new entrants who 
offer  OTT  video  programming,  including  many  traditional  programmers.  Because  of  the  significant  size  and  financial 
resources of many of the companies behind such service offerings, we anticipate that they will continue to invest resources 
in increasing the availability of video content on the internet, which may result in less demand for the video services we 
provide. In addition, companies that offer OTT content in certain markets also provide data services, such as Alphabet, and 
they may seek to increase sales of their streaming content by lowering the cost of data services for their customers, which 
would further increase price competition for the data services we offer. In addition to creating competition for our video 
services business, OTT content also significantly increases the volume of traffic on our data networks, which can lead to 
decreases in access speeds for all users if data networks are not upgraded so that their broadband capacity can keep pace with 
increased traffic. 

Competition  for  dedicated  fiber-optic  services  for  enterprise  business  customers  is  also  intense  as  both  local  telephone 
companies and regional overbuilders offer data and voice services over dedicated fiber connections. 

Any  of  these  events  could  have  a  material  negative  impact  on  our  operations,  business,  financial  results  and  financial 
condition. 

Our business is characterized by rapid technological change, and if we do not adapt to technological changes and respond 
appropriately to changes in consumer demand, our competitive position may be harmed. 

Our success is, to a large extent, dependent on our ability to acquire, develop, adopt, upgrade and exploit new and existing 
technologies to address consumers’ changing demands and distinguish our services from those of our competitors. We may 
not be able to accurately predict technological trends or the success of new products and services. If we choose technologies 
or equipment that are less effective, cost-efficient or attractive to our customers than those chosen by our competitors, or if 
we  offer  services  that  fail  to  appeal  to  consumers,  that  are  not  available  at  competitive  prices  or  that  do  not  function  as 
expected, our competitive position could deteriorate and our business and financial results could suffer. 

The ability of some of our competitors to introduce new technologies, products and services more quickly than we can may 
adversely affect our competitive position. Furthermore, advances in technology, decreases in the cost of existing technologies 
or  changes  in  competitors’  product  and  service  offerings  may  require  us  in  the  future  to  make  additional  research  and 
development expenditures or to offer at no additional charge or at a lower price certain products and services that we currently 
offer to customers separately or at a premium. 

In addition, we seek to leverage overall industry experience before rolling out new technology in order to avoid investing in 
technology that has not been proven successful in other markets. We implement this approach to avoid costly mistakes made 
by early adopters of new technology that does not provide expected returns, and it exposes us to the risk that one of our 
competitors  will  adopt  successful  new  technology  before  us  and  leverage  this  new  technology  to  attract  our  customers, 
increasing the level of customer attrition we experience and adversely affecting our business. 

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Business services sales increasingly contribute to our results of operations, and we face risks as we attempt to further 
focus on sales to our business customers. 

Growth in revenue from sales to our business customers in legacy Cable One markets has exceeded 11% for each year since 
we started focusing on business services sales in 2011, and we may encounter challenges as we continue our initiative to 
expand sales of data, voice and video services to our business customers. To accommodate this expansion, we expect to 
commit a greater proportion of our expenditures on technology, equipment and personnel toward our business customers. If 
we are unable to sufficiently maintain the necessary infrastructure and internal support functions necessary to service these 
customers, potential future growth of our business services revenues would be limited. In many cases, business customers 
have service level agreements that require us to provide higher standards of service and reliability. If we are unable to meet 
these service level requirements, or more broadly, the expectations of our business customers, we would no longer expect 
business sales to increase and our results of operations may be materially negatively affected. 

The increase in programming costs and retransmission fees may continue in the future, resulting in lower margins than 
we anticipate. 

Over the past few years, the sales margins on our residential video services, which accounted for 32.0%, 34.6% and 36.0% 
of our total revenues in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, have decreased as a result of increased programming costs and 
retransmission fees and customer cord-cutting. Programming costs and retransmission fees paid to major programmers and 
broadcasters may continue to increase as content providers are expected to ask for higher fees. Moreover, programming cost 
and retransmission fee increases have caused us, and may in the future cause us, to cease carrying channels offered by certain 
programmers  and  broadcasters,  which  may  result  in  attrition  of  video  subscribers  as  well  as  customers  who  subscribe  to 
double-play  or  triple-play packages  that  include  video  service.  These  customer  losses  and  increased  costs  could result  in 
further decreases in our residential video margins and adversely impact our business. 

We may not be able to obtain necessary hardware, software and operational support. 

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers and licensors to supply some of the hardware and software necessary 
to provide some of our services, including our access to the network backbone and the set-top boxes and modems that we 
lease to our customers. Some of these vendors represent our sole source of supply or have, either through contract or as a 
result of intellectual property rights, a position of some exclusivity. If any of these parties breaches or terminates its agreement 
with  us  or  otherwise  fails  to  perform  its  obligations  in  a  timely  manner;  demand  exceeds  these  vendors’  capacity;  they 
experience operating or financial difficulties; they significantly increase the amount we pay for necessary products or services 
or  they  cease  production  of  any  necessary  product  due  to  lack  of  demand,  profitability,  a  change  in  their  ownership  or 
otherwise, then our ability to provide some services may be materially adversely affected. Any of these events could adversely 
affect our ability to retain and attract subscribers and have a material negative impact on our operations, business, financial 
results and financial condition. 

We  recently  made  several acquisitions, and  may  make  other  acquisitions,  which  exposes us  to  risks  and  uncertainties 
associated with acquisitions. 

We completed the NewWave acquisition on May 1, 2017 and the Clearwave acquisition on January 8, 2019. In addition, we 
may make other acquisitions. Such acquisitions could involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including: 

   ● 

the difficulty in integrating newly acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner; 

   ● 

the challenge in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other anticipated benefits; 

   ● 

the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses; 

   ● 

the potential diversion of senior management’s attention from our ongoing operations; 

● 

the difficulty of maintaining relationships with the customers, suppliers and other business partners of the acquired 
business; 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   ● 

the difficulty and amount of time necessary to realize expected synergies and other benefits of the acquisitions; 

   ● 

the risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems; 

● 

the  difficulty  in  adapting  and  expanding  information  technology  systems  and  other  business  processes  to 
incorporate the acquired businesses; 

   ●  potential future impairments of goodwill associated with the acquired businesses; and 

   ● 

in some cases, the potential for increased regulation. 

If an acquired business fails to operate as anticipated, cannot be successfully integrated with our existing business or one or 
more of the other risks and uncertainties identified above occur in connection with our acquisitions, our operations, business, 
results of operations and financial condition could be materially negatively affected. 

Our rebranding may not produce the benefits expected. 

In December 2018, we announced that we will be rebranding our business as Sparklight beginning in the summer of 2019. 
The rebranding will result in significant investment by us and may result in the diversion of senior management’s attention 
from our ongoing operations. Furthermore, we have registered and applied for registration of certain trademarks associated 
with the rebranding and we will continue to evaluate the registration and maintenance of additional trademarks associated 
with the rebranding. A failure to obtain or maintain trademark registrations could limit our ability to protect and enforce our 
trademarks and impede our rebranding and marketing efforts. Our rebranding could also result in the loss of brand recognition, 
customer  loyalty  or  reputation  and  could  require  us  to  devote  additional  resources  to  advertising  and  marketing our  new 
brand. Our rebranding initiative may not produce the benefits expected and could adversely affect our ability to retain and 
attract subscribers and have a material negative impact on our operations, business, financial results and financial condition. 

Adverse conditions in the U.S. economy could impact our results of operations. 

Unfavorable general economic conditions, such as a recession or economic slowdown in the United States, could negatively 
affect the affordability of and demand for some of our products and services. In difficult economic conditions, consumers 
may seek to reduce discretionary spending by forgoing purchases of our products, electing to use fewer higher margin services 
or obtaining lower cost products and services offered by other companies. Similarly, under these conditions the business 
customers that we serve in the United States may delay purchasing decisions, delay full implementation of service offerings 
or reduce their use of services. In addition, adverse economic conditions may lead to an increased number of our residential 
and  business  customers  that  are  unable  to  pay  for  services.  Such  conditions  could  also  inhibit  or  prevent  our  third-party 
suppliers and licensors from supplying some of the hardware and software necessary to provide some of our services. If any 
of these events were to occur, it could have a material negative effect on our operations, business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

We rely on network and information systems and other technology, and a disruption or failure of such networks, systems 
or technology as a result of cybersecurity incidents, as well as outages, natural disasters (including extreme weather), 
terrorist attacks, accidental releases of information or similar events, may disrupt our business. 

Network and information systems and other technologies are critical to our operating activities, both to internal uses and in 
supplying data, video and voice services to customers. Network or information system shutdowns or other service disruptions 
caused by cyber-attacks, such as distributed denial of service attacks, dissemination of malware and other malicious activity, 
pose increasing risks. Both unsuccessful and successful cyber-attacks on companies have continued to increase in frequency, 
scope and potential harm in recent years and, because the techniques used in such attacks have become more sophisticated 
and change frequently, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. From 
time  to  time  third  parties  make  malicious  attempts  to  access  our  network.  Any  successful  attempts  could  result  in  an 
unauthorized release of information, degradation to our network and information systems or disruption to our data, video and 
voice services, all of which could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations. 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our network and information systems are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from power outages, natural disasters 
(including extreme weather arising from short-term weather patterns or any long-term changes), terrorist attacks and similar 
events. For example, the damage to our network infrastructure caused by Hurricanes Harvey and Katrina and the Joplin, 
Missouri tornado each created a significant disruption in our ability to provide services in affected areas. Any similar events 
could have an adverse impact on us and our customers in the future, including degradation of service, service disruption, 
excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our plant, equipment, data and reputation. Such an event also could result 
in large expenditures necessary to repair or replace such networks or information systems or to protect them from similar 
events  or  damage  in  the  future.  Further,  the  impacts  associated  with  extreme  weather  or  any  long-term  changes,  such  as 
intensified storm activity, may cause increased business interruptions. 

Security breaches and other disruptions, including cyber-attacks, and our actual or perceived failure to adequately protect 
business and consumer data could give rise to liability or reputational harm. 

In the ordinary course of our business, we electronically maintain confidential, proprietary and personal information in our 
information technology systems and networks and those of third-party vendors, including customer, personnel and vendor 
data. These systems may be targets of attack by cyber criminals or other wrongdoers seeking to steal such information for 
financial  gain  or  to  harm  our  business  operations  or  reputation.  The  loss,  misuse,  compromise,  leakage,  falsification  or 
accidental release of such information may result in costly investigations, remediation efforts and notification to affected 
consumers, personnel or vendors. Cyber-attacks could also adversely affect our operating results; consume internal resources 
and result in government investigations, fines and penalties, litigation or potential liability for us and otherwise harm our 
business. 

Various U.S. Federal, state and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security 
of  consumer  data  and  sensitive  personal  information  that  could  be  used  to  commit  identity  theft.  This  area  of  the  law  is 
evolving, and interpretations of applicable laws and regulations differ. Legislative and regulatory activity in the privacy area 
may result in new laws that are relevant to our operations, for example, use of consumer data for marketing or advertising. 
Claims of failure to comply with our privacy policies or applicable laws or regulations could form the basis of governmental 
or private-party actions against us. Such claims and actions may cause damage to our reputation and could have an adverse 
effect on our business. 

We  also  are  subject  to  stringent  data  security  and  data  retention  requirements  that  apply  to  website  operators  and  online 
services directed to children under 13 years of age, or that knowingly collect or post personal information from children under 
13 years of age. Other privacy-oriented laws have been extended by courts to online video providers and are increasingly 
being used in privacy lawsuits, including class actions, against providers of video materials online. Most states have security 
breach notification laws that generally require a business to give notice to consumers and government agencies when certain 
information has been disclosed due to a security breach, and the FCC has adopted security breach rules for voice services. 
Several states have also enacted general data security requirements to safeguard consumer information, including the proper 
disposal of consumer information. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may impose costs on 
or otherwise adversely affect our business. 

Intellectual property and proprietary rights of others could prevent us from using necessary technology to provide our 
services or subject us to expensive intellectual property litigation. 

We  periodically  receive  claims  from  third  parties  alleging  that  our  network  and  information  technology  infrastructure 
infringes the intellectual property rights of others. We are generally named as joint defendants in these suits together with 
other providers of data, video and voice services. Typically these claims allege that aspects of our cable system architecture, 
electronic program guides, cable modem technology and VoIP services infringe on process patents held by third parties. It is 
likely that we will continue to be subject to similar claims as they relate to our cable business. Addressing these claims is a 
time-consuming and expensive endeavor, regardless of the merits of the claims. In order to resolve such a claim, we could 
determine the need to change our method of doing business, enter into a licensing agreement or incur substantial monetary 
liability. It is also possible that our business could be enjoined from using the intellectual property at issue, causing us to 
significantly alter our operations. If any such claims are successful, then the outcome would likely affect our services utilizing 
the intellectual property at issue and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. 

If we are unable to retain key employees, our ability to manage our business could be adversely affected. 

Our operational results have depended, and our future results will depend, upon the retention and continued performance of 
our management team. The competitive environment for management talent in the broadband communications industry could 
adversely impact our ability to retain and hire new key employees for management positions. The loss of the services of key 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
members of management and the inability or delay in hiring new key employees could adversely affect our ability to manage 
our business and our future operational and financial results. 

Risks Relating to Regulation and Legislation 

The profitability of our data service offerings may be impacted by legislative or regulatory efforts to impose net neutrality 
and other new requirements on cable operators. 

The majority of our Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures comes from residential data services, and we expect that a 
majority of our residential customers will be data-only in the future. We have aligned our resources to emphasize increased 
sales of data services as well as sales to business customers. In order to continue to generate Adjusted EBITDA less capital 
expenditures at our desired level from data services, we need the continued flexibility to develop and refine business models 
that respond to changing consumer uses and demands and to manage data usage efficiently, including by charging our data 
subscribers higher rates based on the overall bandwidth capacity available to, or used by, them, referred to as “usage-based 
billing.” Our ability to implement usage-based billing or other network management initiatives in the future may be restricted 
by any new net neutrality requirements on cable operators. 

To the extent the FCC in the future limits our ability to price our data services, we may not be able to generate the margins 
on our data services that we anticipated in shifting our focus from video to data services, and our business could be materially 
negatively impacted. While the FCC has eliminated most net neutrality requirements, the FCC, Congress, states or the courts 
may revisit this determination in the future. For example, Congress and numerous states have proposed legislation regarding 
the  net  neutrality  rules.  Several  states,  including  Oregon  and  Washington  (where  we  have  subscribers),  have  adopted 
legislation  that  requires  entities  providing  broadband  internet  access  service  in  the  state  to  comply  with  net  neutrality 
requirements  or  that  prohibits  state  and  local  government  agencies  from  contracting  with  internet  service  providers  that 
engage  in  certain  network  management  activities  based  on  paid  prioritization,  content  blocking  or  other  discrimination. 
Further, current rules only require that a portion of revenues from VoIP services be contributed to the USF and USF is not 
applied to broadband services. The changes brought about by how USF monies are distributed may provide funding and 
subsidies to those who either compete with us or seek to compete with us and therefore put us at a competitive disadvantage. 
Moreover, if the FCC imposes USF fees on broadband services, bundled services or a larger portion of VoIP services, it 
would increase the cost of our services and harm our ability to compete. 

The regulation of broadband activities, including net neutrality obligations, and any related court decisions could cause us to 
incur additional compliance costs, restrict our ability to profit from our existing broadband network, limit the return we can 
expect to achieve on past and future investments in our broadband networks and adversely affect our business. We cannot 
predict what, if any, proposals might be adopted or what effect they might have on our business. 

Our video and voice services are subject to additional regulation by U.S. Federal, state and local authorities, which may 
impose additional costs and restrictions on our businesses. 

Our video services business operates in a highly regulated environment. Our cable systems generally operate pursuant to 
franchises, permits and similar authorizations issued by LFAs controlling the public rights-of-way, which typically are non-
exclusive and limited in time, contain various conditions and limitations and provide for the payment of fees to the local 
authority,  determined  generally  as  a  percentage  of  revenues.  Failure  to  comply  with  all  of  the  terms  and  conditions  of  a 
franchise may give rise to rights of termination by the franchising authority. 

We have the ability, pursuant to the Copyright Act, under certain terms and conditions, to retransmit the signals of television 
stations pursuant to a compulsory copyright license. From time to time, revisions to the cable compulsory copyright rules are 
considered. It is possible that changes in the rules or copyright compulsory license fee computations or compliance procedures 
could have an adverse effect on our business by, for example, increasing copyright compulsory license fee costs or by causing 
us to reduce or discontinue carriage of certain broadcast signals that we currently carry on a discretionary basis. 

In addition, Congress, the FCC and other government agencies have implemented regulations that affect the types of set-top 
boxes that we can lease or deploy to our subscribers, and we expect these regulations to change in the future. Most recently, 
in  January 2013,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Energy  tentatively  designated set-top boxes and network  equipment  as  covered 
consumer products and proposed to adopt a new test procedure for set-top boxes as part of its Energy Conservation Program 
for  Consumer  Products  and Certain  Commercial  and Industry  Equipment.  In December  2013,  the Department  of Energy 
withdrew its proposed rules to designate set-top boxes and network equipment as a covered product and to establish a test 
procedure  for  set-top  boxes,  but  stated  that  it  would  consider  reinitiating  the  rulemaking.  Imposing  energy  conservation 
regulations on the hardware products we provide to our customers could impede innovation and require mandatory upgrades 

24 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
in our set-top boxes and be costly to us. In February 2016, the FCC opened a rulemaking to consider proposals that would 
require any retail video device to work on any cable operator’s system, but this item was removed from active FCC review. 
We  cannot  predict  when,  whether  or  to  what  extent  any  of  these  proposals  will  be  resolved  or  how  they  will  affect  our 
operations. 

Our voice services business is also subject to a growing degree of regulation. Complying with these regulations may increase 
the costs we incur and decrease the revenues we derive from our voice business. While the compliance costs associated with 
the current regulatory structure applicable to our voice services business are manageable, changes in this regulatory structure 
are unpredictable and have the potential to further negatively impact our voice services business by increasing compliance 
costs and/or taxes. 

Our cable system franchises are subject to non-renewal or termination. The failure to renew a franchise in one or more 
markets could adversely affect our business. 

Many of the LFAs from whom we have obtained franchises, permits and similar authorizations required to operate our video 
services business have established comprehensive facilities and service requirements as well as specific customer service 
standards and monetary penalties for non-compliance. In many cases, our franchises are terminable if we fail to comply with 
significant provisions set forth in the applicable franchise agreement governing our video operations. Franchises are generally 
granted for fixed terms and must be periodically renewed. LFAs may resist granting a renewal if either past performance or 
the prospective operating proposal is considered inadequate. LFAs often demand concessions or other commitments as a 
condition to renewal. The traditional cable franchising regime has recently undergone significant change as a result of various 
Federal and state actions. Some state franchising laws do not allow us to immediately opt into favorable statewide franchising. 
In many cases, state franchising laws will result in fewer franchise-imposed requirements for our competitors who are new 
entrants than for us, until we are able to opt into the applicable state franchise. We cannot assure that we will be able to 
comply with all significant provisions of our franchise agreements and certain of our franchisers have from time to time 
alleged that we have not complied with these agreements. Additionally, although historically we have renewed our franchises 
without incurring significant costs, we cannot assure that we will be able to renew, or to renew as favorably, our franchises 
in the future. A termination of or a sustained failure to renew a franchise in one or more markets could materially negatively 
affect our business in the affected geographic area. 

In addition, certain of our franchise agreements require that the applicable LFA approve a transfer of control of our Company. 
Although FCC rules provide that a transfer application shall be deemed granted if it is not acted upon within 120 days after 
submission, as a practical matter, cable operators often waive the deadline if the LFA has not completed its review to facilitate 
discussions  and  thereby  avoid  an  LFA  denying  the  transfer  of  control.  Failure  to  obtain  such  consents  on  commercially 
reasonable and satisfactory terms may impair our entitlement to the benefit of these franchise agreements in the event of a 
potential transfer of control of our Company. 

We may encounter increased pole attachment costs. 

Under U.S. Federal law, we have the right to attach cables carrying video and other services to telephone and similar poles 
and underground conduits owned by utility companies. In addition, U.S. Federal law requires most telephone and power 
utilities to charge reasonable rates to cable operators for utilizing space on utility poles or in underground conduits in order 
to transmit video services to customers. However, because these cables may carry services other than video services, such as 
voice services, some utility pole owners have sought to impose on cable companies a telecommunications rate for utilizing 
pole space for voice services, which is higher than the statutory rate charged to cable operators for video services. In May 
2010 and again in April 2011, the FCC adopted new requirements relating to pole access and construction practices that were 
expected to improve the ability of cable operators to attach to utility poles on a timely basis and to lower the pole attachment 
rate for voice services. In October 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court declined to review a lower court’s decision to uphold the 
FCC’s pole attachment regulations. The FCC further revised its pole attachment rules in November 2015 to adjust the formula 
for calculating pole rental rates, which resulted in similar rates for telecommunications attachments and cable attachments 
and eliminated the ability of utility companies to justify higher rates for pole attachments used to provide broadband internet 
access  service.  In  July  2017,  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  Eighth  Circuit  upheld  the  FCC’s  November  2015  pole 
attachment  decision.  In  April  2018,  the U.S.  Supreme  Court  declined  to  review that  decision.  In  October  2017,  the  FCC 
adopted a one-touch make-ready policy for pole attachments, which has been challenged by the utility companies. We cannot 
predict the outcome of this proceeding, or how this proceeding may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. In 
the meantime, the appropriate method for calculating pole attachment rates for cable operators that provide VoIP services 
remains unclear, although the FCC’s rule revisions to equalize pole attachment rates and its December 2017 reversal of its 
previous reclassification of broadband internet access services make this issue less significant. We cannot predict the extent 
to which regulatory changes may affect our ability over time to secure timely access to poles at reasonable rates for our data, 

25 

   
  
  
  
  
  
voice and video services. As a general matter, changes to our pole attachment rate structure could significantly increase our 
annual pole attachment costs and materially negatively impact our operations, business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

LFAs  have  the  ability  to  impose  additional  regulatory  constraints  on  our  business,  which  could  further  increase  our 
expenses. 

In addition to the franchise agreement, LFAs in some jurisdictions have adopted cable regulatory ordinances that further 
regulate the operation of cable systems, and the services we provide in the jurisdiction. This additional regulation increases 
the  cost  of  operating  our  business.  LFAs  may  impose  new  and  more  restrictive  requirements.  LFAs  who  are  certified  to 
regulate rates in their communities generally have the power to reduce rates and order refunds on the rates charged for basic 
video service and equipment. 

Changes in broadcast carriage regulations could impose significant additional costs. 

Although we would likely choose to carry all primary video feeds of local broadcast stations in the markets in which we 
operate  voluntarily,  so-called  “must  carry”  rules  could,  in  the  future,  require  us  to  carry  some  local  broadcast  television 
signals on some of our cable systems that we might not otherwise carry. If the FCC seeks to revise or expand the “must carry” 
rules, such as to require carriage of multicast streams, we would be forced to carry video programming that we would not 
otherwise carry and potentially drop other, more popular programming in order to free capacity for the required programming, 
which could make us less competitive. Moreover, if the FCC adopts rules that are not competitively neutral, cable operators 
could be placed at a disadvantage versus other video providers. 

The FCC has taken steps and proceedings to relax its media ownership rules, which, among other things, would eliminate 
restrictions that limit the number of commonly owned television stations per market and restrict newspaper/broadcast and 
radio/television station cross-ownership and could eventually lead to increasing the cap on the number of television stations 
that one entity can control nationwide. However, these rule changes have been challenged in Federal court. The FCC also has 
commenced a new proceeding to review its media ownership rules. These changes or proposed changes could increase the 
negotiating leverage that broadcasters hold in retransmission consent negotiations and thereby possibly increase the amounts 
we pay to broadcasters to retransmit their television stations on its cable systems. 

In November 2017, the FCC adopted new rules to authorize television stations to use the “Next Generation TV” broadcast 
television standard, ATSC 3.0. Should use of the new standard become widespread, we could be required to deploy new 
equipment and our carriage obligations may be impacted. We cannot predict the effect that use of the new standard could 
have on our equipment costs, carriage obligations, or retransmission fees. Any of these events could adversely affect our 
business. 

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness 

We incurred indebtedness in connection with the spin-off and the NewWave and Clearwave acquisitions, and the degree 
to  which  we  are  now  leveraged  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of 
operations and cash flows. 

In connection with the spin-off in July 2015, we incurred indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of $550.0 million. 
In connection with the NewWave acquisition in May 2017, we incurred $250.0 million and $500.0 million of senior secured 
loans maturing in May 2022 and May 2024, respectively, to finance the acquisition and related fees and expenses and to pay 
off $93.8 million of our then-existing term loan indebtedness. In connection with the Clearwave acquisition in January 2019, 
we incurred $250.0 million of senior secured loans maturing in January 2026. 

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the debt incurred in connection with the spin-
off and the NewWave and Clearwave acquisitions, as well as any future debt that we may incur, will depend on our ability 
to generate cash in the future from operations, financings or asset sales. Our ability to generate cash is subject to general 
economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. 

26 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The terms of our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to incur debt that we may 
need  to  fund  initiatives  in  response  to  changes  in  our  business,  the  industries  in  which  we  operate,  the  economy  and 
governmental regulations. 

The  terms  of  our  indebtedness  include  a  number  of  restrictive  covenants  that  impose  significant  operating  and  financial 
restrictions on us and limit our ability to engage in actions that may be in our long-term best interests. These may restrict our 
ability to take some or all of the following actions: 

   ● 

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or sell disqualified or preferred stock; 

   ●  pay dividends on, make distributions in respect of, repurchase or redeem, capital stock; 

   ●  make investments or acquisitions; 

   ● 

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of certain assets; 

   ● 

create or allow to exist liens; 

   ● 

enter into sale/leaseback transactions; 

   ● 

enter into agreements restricting the ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany transfers; 

   ● 

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our or our subsidiaries’ assets; 

   ● 

enter into transactions with affiliates; 

   ●  prepay, repurchase or redeem certain kinds of indebtedness; 

   ● 

issue or sell stock of our subsidiaries; and/or 

   ● 

significantly change the nature of our business. 

As a result of all of these restrictions, we may be: 

   ● 

limited in how we conduct our business and pursue our strategy; 

   ●  unable to raise additional debt financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or 

   ●  unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. 

A breach of any of these covenants, if applicable, could result in an event of default under the terms of our indebtedness. If 
an event of default occurs, the lenders would have the right to accelerate the repayment of such debt and the event of default 
or acceleration may result in the acceleration of the repayment of any other of our debt to which a cross-default or cross-
acceleration  provision  applies.  Furthermore,  the  lenders  of  this  indebtedness  may  require  that  we  pledge  our  assets  as 
collateral as security for our repayment obligations. If we were unable to repay any amount of this indebtedness when due 
and  payable,  the  lenders  could  proceed  against  the  collateral  that  secures  this  indebtedness.  In  the  event  our  creditors 
accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness and our financial 
condition will be materially negatively affected. 

We have variable rate indebtedness that subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to 
increase significantly. 

As of the end of 2018, we had $730.0 million of outstanding term loans and an additional $195.9 million of undrawn revolving 
credit commitments with variable rates of interest that expose us to interest rate risks. Additionally, in January 2019, we 
incurred  an  additional  $250.0  million  of  term  loan  indebtedness  with  a  variable  rate  of  interest  in  connection  with  the 
Clearwave acquisition. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase 
even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows will correspondingly decrease. In 
addition, we will be exposed to the risk of rising interest rates to the extent that we fund our operations with short-term or 
variable-rate borrowings. Even if we enter into interest rate swaps in the future in order to reduce future interest rate volatility, 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
we may not elect to maintain such interest rate swaps with respect to our variable rate indebtedness, if any, and any swaps 
we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk. As a result, our financial condition could be materially negatively 
affected. 

Our  ability  to  incur  future  indebtedness,  whether  for  general  corporate  purposes  or  for  acquisitions  and  strategic 
investments, may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. 

We may need to seek additional financing for our general corporate purposes or for acquisitions and strategic investments in 
the future. We may be unable to obtain additional indebtedness on terms favorable to us, or at all, including because of the 
terms of our current indebtedness. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our 
future  activities,  which  could  negatively  affect  our  business.  If  we  raise  additional  funds  through  the  issuance  of  equity 
securities, our stockholders could experience dilution of their ownership interest. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt, 
we may be subject to limitations on our operations due to restrictive covenants. 

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market 

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control. 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond 
our control, including: 

   ● 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our business; 

   ● 

success or failure of our business strategies; 

   ●  our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry; 

   ●  our ability to obtain financing as needed; 

   ● 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions; 

   ● 

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; 

   ● 

the failure of securities analysts to cover, or maintain coverage of, our common stock; 

   ● 

changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates; 

   ● 

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies; 

   ● 

investor perception of our Company and our industry; 

   ●  overall market fluctuations; 

   ● 

results from any material litigation or government investigation; 

   ● 

changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business; 

   ● 

changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and 

   ●  general economic conditions and other external factors. 

Low trading volume for our stock, which may occur if an active trading market is not sustained, among other reasons, would 
amplify the effect of the above factors on our stock price volatility. 

Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular 
company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. 

28 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness limits our ability 
to pay dividends on our common stock. 

The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to stockholders falls within the discretion of our Board. Our 
Board’s decisions regarding the amount and payment of future dividends will depend on many factors, including our financial 
condition, earnings, capital requirements of our business and covenants associated with debt obligations, as well as legal 
requirements,  regulatory  constraints,  industry  practice  and  other  factors  that  our  Board  deems  relevant.  There  can  be  no 
assurance that we will continue to pay any dividend in the future. 

Your percentage ownership in our Company may be diluted in the future. 

Your percentage ownership in our Company may be diluted in the future because of equity awards granted, and that we 
expect to grant in the future, to our directors, officers and other employees. In addition, we may issue equity as all or part of 
the consideration paid for acquisitions and strategic investments that we may make in the future or as necessary to finance 
our ongoing operations. 

Certain provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and 
Delaware law may discourage takeovers and the concentration of ownership of our common stock will affect the voting 
results of matters submitted for stockholder approval. 

Several provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and Delaware 
law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that is opposed by our Board or certain stockholders holding a 
significant percentage of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock. These include provisions that: 

●  divide  our  Board  into  three  classes  of  directors,  standing  for  election  on  a  staggered  basis,  such  that  only 

approximately one-third of the directors constituting our Board may change each year; 

●  do not permit our stockholders to act by written consent and require that stockholder action must take place at an 

annual or special meeting of our stockholders; 

●  provide that only our Chief Executive Officer and a majority of our directors, and not our stockholders, may call a 

special meeting of our stockholders; 

● 

require the approval of our Board or the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the voting 
power of our capital stock to amend our Amended and Restated By-laws; and 

   ● 

limit our ability to enter into business combination transactions with certain stockholders. 

These and other provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and 
Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition 
or change in control of our Company, including unsolicited takeover attempts, even though the transaction may offer our 
stockholders the opportunity to sell their shares of our common stock at a price above the prevailing market price. 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

Our headquarters is located in Phoenix, Arizona. The majority of the offices and headend facilities of our individual cable 
systems are located in buildings owned by us. 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of business, we periodically receive claims from third parties alleging that our network and information 
technology  infrastructure  infringes  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  others.  We  have  generally  been  named  as  joint 
defendants in these suits together with other providers of data, video and voice services. Typically these claims allege that 
aspects of our cable system architecture, electronic program guides, cable modem technology or VoIP services infringe on 
process patents held by third parties. In addition, we have been subject to various civil lawsuits in the ordinary course of 
business, including contract disputes, actions alleging negligence, invasion of privacy, violations of applicable wage and hour 
laws and statutory and common law claims involving various other matters. We do not view any of these proceedings as 
material to our business and are currently not subject to any other material legal proceedings. 

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

30 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information 

Our common stock is publicly traded under the ticker symbol “CABO” on the New York Stock Exchange. 

Holders 

As of February 22, 2019, there were 339 holders of record of our common stock and 5,703,322 shares of our common stock 
outstanding. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

For equity compensation plan information, refer to Item 12 in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock between July 1, 2015 (the date 
our stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange) and December 31, 2018 with the cumulative total returns of the 
Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index, a new custom peer group index (the “New Peer Group”), which was created because of 
the purchase of one of our peer companies by another entity, and our prior peer group index (the “Prior Peer Group”). For 
purposes of this graph, it assumes a hypothetical $100 investment on July 1, 2015 and that dividends, if any, were reinvested. 
The New Peer Group of data, video and voice services companies includes Altice USA, Inc. (beginning June 22, 2017, when 
it first became a publicly-traded company); Charter Communications, Inc.; Comcast Corporation; and WideOpenWest, Inc. 
(beginning May 25, 2017, when it first became a publicly-traded company). The Prior Peer Group of data, video and voice 
services companies includes Altice USA, Inc. (beginning June 22, 2017, when it first became a publicly-traded company); 
Charter Communications, Inc.; Comcast Corporation; General Communication, Inc.; and WideOpenWest, Inc. (beginning 
May 25, 2017, when it first became a publicly-traded company). 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The stock price performance shown on this graph is based on historical results and is not necessarily indicative of future stock 
price performance. The graph is furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not being filed for 
purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section, and shall not be deemed 
to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange 
Act. 

32 

 
  
  
  
 
 
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the purchases of our common stock by us and any affiliated 
purchasers within the meaning of Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act during the three months ended December 31, 
2018 (dollars in thousands, except per share data): 

Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 
Programs (1) 

Maximum 
Dollar  
Value of Shares 
that May  
Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the Plans 
or Programs 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price 
Paid Per Share       

36      $ 
1,125      $ 
3,961      $ 
5,122      $ 

877.77        
863.38        
837.53        
843.49        

-      $ 
825      $ 
3,961      $ 
4,786        

154,171  
153,462  
150,144  

Period 
October 1 to 31, 2018 (2) .................       
November 1 to 30, 2018 (3) .............       
December 1 to 31, 2018 .................       
Total ...............................................       

(1)  On July 1, 2015, the Board authorized up to $250.0 million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of common stock), which 
was announced on August 7, 2015. The authorization does not have an expiration date. Purchases under the share repurchase program may be made 
from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, 
including share price and business and market conditions. 

(2)  Consists of shares withheld from employees to satisfy estimated tax withholding obligations in connection with vesting of restricted stock under the 
Amended and Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2015 Plan”). The average price paid per share for the 
common stock withheld was based on the closing price of our common stock on the vesting date. 
Includes 300 shares purchased by an executive officer of the Company that were not under the publicly announced share repurchase program (which 
should not be deemed to be an admission that such executive officer is, in fact, an affiliated purchaser of the Company). 

(3) 

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table presents selected historical financial information. We derived the selected consolidated balance sheet 
information as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the selected consolidated statement of operations information for the 
years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We derived the selected consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014, and the selected consolidated statement of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2015 
and 2014 from prior consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

The selected historical financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial 
statements and the accompanying notes thereto, and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Further, the following factors 
may impact the cross-period comparability of the information provided in the table below: 

●  For each of the periods presented prior to July 1, 2015, we were a separate wholly owned subsidiary of GHC. 
The financial information for the periods prior to July 1, 2015 may not necessarily reflect what our financial 
position and results of operations would have been had we been a stand-alone entity during the periods presented, 
as such historical financial information includes allocations of certain GHC corporate expenses. We believe the 
assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocation of those expenses were reasonable. However, such 
expenses may not be indicative of the actual level of expense that we would have incurred if we had operated as 
a stand-alone entity. 

●  The 2018 financial information includes NewWave operations and the 2017 financial information includes eight 
months of NewWave operations following the completion of our acquisition of NewWave on May 1, 2017. 

●  The 2018 and 2017 financial information reflects the prospective adoption of a change in estimate and change 

in accounting principle for capitalized labor costs effective in the first quarter of 2017. 

●  The 2018, 2017 and 2016 financial information reflects the adoption of the new revenue recognition accounting 
standard. We have elected not to recast our financial information for 2015 or 2014 to reflect the retrospective 
adoption of the new revenue recognition accounting standard, as allowed by GAAP. 

33 

  
  
  
     
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
(in thousands, except per share data) 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

As of, and for the Year Ended December 31, 

    (As Recasted)    (As Recasted)      

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information 
Cash and cash equivalents ....................................   $
264,113    $ 
Total assets ...........................................................   $ 2,303,234    $ 
Total debt, including capital lease obligations 
and excluding unamortized debt issuance costs .   $ 1,180,251    $ 
Total liabilities......................................................   $ 1,527,876    $ 
775,358    $ 
Total stockholders’ equity ....................................   $

Consolidated Statement of Operations Information 
Revenues ..............................................................   $ 1,072,295    $ 
Net income ...........................................................   $
164,760    $ 
Net income per common share: 

Basic .................................................................   $
Diluted ..............................................................   $

28.98    $ 
28.77    $ 

161,752     $ 
2,204,632     $ 

138,040     $

6,410  
1,428,361     $ 1,422,466    $ 1,283,866  

119,199    $ 

1,194,642     $ 
1,528,185     $ 
676,447     $ 

545,284     $
955,195     $
473,166     $

549,051    $ 
-  
974,517    $  420,764  
447,949    $  863,102  

959,956     $ 
235,171     $ 

819,348     $
100,317     $

807,266    $  814,812  
91,822    $  147,907  

41.40     $ 
40.92     $ 

17.47     $
17.38     $

15.69    $ 
15.67    $ 

25.31  
25.31  

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity Information 
7.50    $ 
Dividends declared per common share .................   $

6.50     $ 

6.00     $

1.50    $ 

-  

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

You  should  read  the  following  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  in  conjunction  with  our 
accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as 
well  as  the  discussion  in  the  section  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  entitled  “Business.”  This  discussion  contains 
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may vary materially from those expressed 
or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” 

Overview  

Our Business 

We are a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice services in 21 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. We 
provide these broadband services to residential and business customers in more than 750 communities. The markets we serve 
are  primarily  non-metropolitan,  secondary  markets,  with  78%  of  our  customers  located  in  seven  states:  Arizona,  Idaho, 
Illinois, Mississippi, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas. Our biggest customer concentrations are in the Mississippi Gulf Coast 
region  and  in  the greater  Boise,  Idaho  region. We provided  service  to 804,865 residential  and business  customers  out  of 
approximately 2.1 million homes passed as of December 31, 2018. Of these customers, 663,074 subscribed to data services, 
326,423 subscribed to video services and 125,934 subscribed to voice services. 

We generate substantially all our revenues through five primary products. Ranked by share of our total revenues during 2018, 
they are residential data (46.0%), residential video (32.0%), business services (data, voice and video – 14.5%), residential 
voice (3.8%) and advertising sales (2.3%). The profit margins, growth rates and capital intensity of our five primary products 
vary significantly due to competition, product maturity and relative costs. 

In 2018, our Adjusted EBITDA margins for residential data and business services were approximately six and seven times 
greater, respectively, than for residential video. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin for a product line as Adjusted EBITDA 
attributable to that product line divided by revenue attributable to that product line (see “Use of Adjusted EBITDA” below 
for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly 
comparable GAAP measure). This margin disparity is largely the result of significant programming costs and retransmission 
fees incurred to deliver residential video services, which in each of the last three years represented between 53% and 62% of 
total  residential  video  revenues.  None  of  our  other  product  lines  has  direct  costs  representing  as  substantial  a  portion  of 
revenues as programming costs and retransmission fees represent for residential video, and indirect costs are allocated equally 
on  a  per  PSU  basis.  Programming  costs  and  retransmission  fees  have  a  meaningfully  lower  impact  on  business  services 

34 

  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
      
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
margins than residential video because business services include data and voice, in addition to video, diminishing the relative 
impact of programming costs and retransmission fees on that product line as a whole. 

Prior to 2012, we were focused on growing revenues through subscriber retention and growth in overall PSUs. Accordingly, 
our strategies consisted of, among others, offering promotional discounts to new and existing subscribers adding new services 
and to subscribers purchasing more than one service offering. Since 2012, we have adapted our strategy to face the industry-
wide trends of declining profitability of residential video services and declining revenues from residential voice services. We 
believe  the  declining  profitability  of  residential  video  services  is  primarily  due  to  increasing  programming  costs  and 
retransmission fees and competition from other content providers, and the declining revenues from residential voice services 
is primarily due to the increasing use of wireless voice services instead of residential voice services. Beginning in 2013, we 
shifted  our  focus  away  from  maximizing  customer  PSUs  and  towards  growing  our  higher  margin  businesses,  namely 
residential data and business services. Separately, we have also focused on retaining customers with a high expected LTV, 
who  are  less  attracted  by  discounting,  require  less  support  and  churn  less.  This  strategy  focuses  on  increasing  Adjusted 
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and margins. 

The trends described above have impacted our four largest product lines in the following ways: 

●  Residential data. We experienced growth in the number of, and revenues from, our residential data customers every 
year since 2013. We expect this growth to continue due to projected increases in the number of potential customers 
for us to serve, as there are still a number of households in our markets that do not subscribe to data services from 
any provider. We expect to capture a portion of these customers and anticipate capturing additional market share 
from existing data subscribers due to our continued upgrades in broadband capacity, our ability to offer higher 
access speeds than many of our competitors and our Wi-Fi support service. 

●  Residential video. Residential video service is a highly competitive business. As we focus on the higher-margin 
businesses of residential data and business services, we have de-emphasized our residential video business and, as 
a result, expect residential video revenues to continue to decline in the future. 

●  Residential voice. We have experienced declines in residential voice customers as a result of homes in the United 
States deciding to terminate their residential voice services and exclusively use wireless voice services. We believe 
this trend will continue because of competition from wireless voice service providers. Revenues from residential 
voice customers have declined over recent years, and we expect this decline will continue. 

●  Business services. We have experienced significant growth in business data and voice customers and revenues, and 
we expect this growth to continue. We attribute this growth to our strategic focus on increasing sales to business 
customers and our efforts to attract enterprise business customers. Margins in products sold to business customers 
have remained attractive, and we expect this trend to continue. 

We continue to experience increased competition, particularly from telephone companies, cable and municipal overbuilders, 
OTT video providers and DBS television providers. Because of the levels of competition we face, we believe it is important 
to make investments in our infrastructure. We elevated our capital investments between 2012 and 2018 to increase our plant 
capacities and reliability, launch all-digital video services (which has made available approximately half of average plant 
bandwidth for data services) and increase data capacity by moving from four-channel bonding to 32-channel bonding (to 
enable  our  GigaONE  data  service).  We  expect  to  continue  devoting  financial  resources  to  infrastructure  improvements, 
including in the new markets we acquired in the NewWave and Clearwave transactions, because we believe these investments 
are necessary to remain competitive. We expect to spend up to $35 million during 2019, in addition to the combined nearly 
$27 million spent for NewWave in 2018 and 2017, to enhance those acquired operations by rebuilding low capacity markets, 
launching  all-digital  video  services,  implementing  32-channel  bonding,  converting  back  office  functions  such  as  billing, 
accounting and service provisioning, migrating products to legacy Cable One platforms and expanding our high-capacity 
fiber network. 

Our primary business goals are to continue growing residential data and business services, to increase profit margins and to 
deliver  strong  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  less  capital  expenditures.  To  achieve  these  goals,  we  intend  to 
continue our industrial engineering-driven cost management, remain focused on customers with high LTV and follow through 
with further planned investments in broadband plant upgrades and new data service offerings for residential and business 
customers. 

On May 1, 2017, we acquired NewWave, a provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business customers 
throughout non-urban areas of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri and Texas. We paid a purchase 

35 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
price  of  $740.2  million  in  cash  on  a  debt-free  basis.  In  connection  with  the  transaction,  we  amended  our  existing  credit 
agreement and incurred $750.0 million of senior secured loans which were used to finance the acquisition, repay in full our 
then-existing term loan and pay related fees and expenses. Refer to notes 4 and 9 of the notes to our consolidated financial 
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for details on these transactions. 

On January 8, 2019, we acquired Clearwave, a facilities-based service provider that owns and operates a high-capacity fiber 
network offering dense regional coverage in Southern Illinois. We paid a purchase price of $357.0 million in cash on a debt-
free basis, subject to customary post-closing adjustments. The acquisition provides us with a premier fiber network within 
our existing footprint, further enables us to supply our customers with enhanced business services solutions and provides a 
platform to allow us to replicate Clearwave’s strategy in several of our other markets. 

Results of Operations 

PSU and Customer Counts 

During 2018, our total PSUs decreased 26,491, or 2.3%, compared to our total PSUs as of December 31, 2017. Residential 
data PSUs and business PSUs increased 15,862 and 4,827, respectively, while residential video PSUs and residential voice 
PSUs decreased 36,237 and 10,943, respectively. Our total customer relationships increased 7,328, or 0.9%, year-over-year, 
with increases of 4,089 and 3,239 in business and residential customer relationships, respectively. 

During  2017,  our  total  PSUs  increased  191,957,  or  20.2%,  compared  to  our  total  PSUs  as  of  December  31,  2016,  with 
increases in residential data, video and voice PSUs of 115,801, 40,149 and 12,289, respectively, and an increase in business 
PSUs of 23,718. Our total customer relationships increased 140,315, or 21.3%, year-over-year. The year-over-year increases 
were primarily attributable to new customers acquired as a result of the NewWave acquisition. 

The following table provides an overview of selected customer data for the time periods specified: 

2018 

As of December 31, 
2017 

2016 

Residential data PSUs .....................................................................     
Residential video PSUs (1) ...............................................................     
Residential voice PSUs ...................................................................     
Total residential PSUs ........................................................................     

600,716      
310,475      
99,070      
1,010,261      

584,854       
346,712       
110,013       
1,041,579       

Business data PSUs (2) .....................................................................     
Business video PSUs ......................................................................     
Business voice PSUs (3) ...................................................................     
Total business PSUs ...........................................................................     

62,358      
15,948      
26,864      
105,170      

58,299       
17,176       
24,868       
100,343       

Total data PSUs ..............................................................................     
Total video PSUs ............................................................................     
Total voice PSUs ............................................................................     
Total PSUs .........................................................................................     

663,074      
326,423      
125,934      
1,115,431      

643,153       
363,888       
134,881       
1,141,922       

Total residential customer relationships .............................................     
Total business customer relationships ................................................     
Total customer relationships ..............................................................     

734,250      
70,615      
804,865      

731,011       
66,526       
797,537       

469,053   
306,563   
97,724   
873,340   

44,855   
13,683   
18,087   
76,625   

513,908   
320,246   
115,811   
949,965   

605,699   
51,523   
657,222   

(1)  Residential video PSUs include all basic residential customers who receive video services and may have one or more digital set-top boxes or cable 

cards deployed. Residential bulk multi-dwelling accounts are included in our video PSUs at the individual unit level. 

(2)  Business data PSUs include commercial accounts that receive data service via a cable modem and commercial accounts that receive data service 

optically via fiber connections. 

(3)  Business voice customers who have multiple voice lines are only counted once in the PSU total. 

In recent years, our customer mix has shifted, causing subscribers to move from triple-play packages combining data, video 
and voice services to single and double-play packages. This is largely because some residential video customers have defected 
to DBS services and OTT offerings and more households have discontinued residential voice service. In addition, we have 
focused on selling data-only packages to new customers rather than cross-selling video to these customers. 

36 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
2018 Compared to 2017 

Revenues  

Revenues increased $112.3 million, or 11.7%, due primarily to increases in residential data, business services and residential 
video revenues of $76.5 million, $24.9 million and $10.8 million, respectively. The increase was the result of four additional 
months  of  NewWave  operations  and  organic  growth  in  our  higher  margin  product  lines  of  residential  data  and  business 
services. 

Revenues by service offering were as follows for 2018 and 2017, together with the percentages of total revenues that each 
item represented for the years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

Residential data .............................   $  492,816      
343,344      
Residential video ...........................     
41,278      
Residential voice ...........................     
155,993      
Business services ...........................     
24,919      
Advertising sales ...........................     
Other ..............................................     
13,945      
Total revenues ...............................   $  1,072,295      

2017 
   Revenues       % of Total      Revenues       % of Total      $ Change       % Change   
18.4  
3.3  
(5.6) 
19.0  
0.4  
22.0  
11.7  

46.0    $  416,355      
332,536      
32.0      
43,733      
3.8      
131,082      
14.5      
24,824      
2.3      
11,426      
1.4      
100.0    $  959,956      

76,461      
10,808      
(2,455)     
24,911      
95      
2,519      
112,339      

43.4    $
34.6      
4.6      
13.7      
2.6      
1.1      
100.0    $

2018 vs. 2017 

Average monthly revenue per unit for the indicated service offerings were as follows for 2018 and 2017: 

Residential data (1) ........................................................................   $ 
Residential video (1) ......................................................................   $ 
Residential voice (1) ......................................................................   $ 
Business services (2) ......................................................................   $ 

68.70    $ 
86.96    $ 
32.86    $ 
187.32    $ 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2018 

2017 

2018 vs. 2017 
     $ Change       % Change   
8.6  
5.42      
7.3  
5.89      
(2.8) 
(0.94)     
5.4  
9.59      

63.28    $ 
81.07    $ 
33.80    $ 
177.73    $ 

(1)  Average  monthly  revenue  per  unit  values  represent  the  applicable  annual  residential  service  revenues  (excluding  installation  and  activation  fees) 
divided by the corresponding average of the number of PSUs at the beginning and end of each year, divided by 12, except that for any new PSUs 
added as a result of an acquisition occurring during the reporting period, the associated average monthly revenue per unit values represent the applicable 
residential service revenues (excluding installation and activation fees) divided by the pro-rated number of PSUs during such period. 

(2)  Average  monthly  revenue  per  unit  values  represent  annual  business  services  revenues  (excluding  installation  and  activation  fees)  divided  by  the 
average of the number of business customer relationships at the beginning and end of each year, divided by 12, except that for any new business 
customer relationships added as a result of an acquisition occurring during the reporting period, the associated average monthly revenue per unit values 
represent business services revenues (excluding installation and activation fees) divided by the pro-rated number of business customer relationships 
during such period. 

Revenues by service offering, excluding the impact of revenues related to legacy NewWave systems, were as follows for 
2018 and 2017, together with the percentages of total revenues that each item represented for the years presented (dollars in 
thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

Residential data .............................   $  415,503      
270,170      
Residential video ...........................     
34,690      
Residential voice ...........................     
126,032      
Business services ...........................     
23,484      
Advertising sales ...........................     
9,753      
Other ..............................................     
Total revenues ...............................   $  879,632      

2017 
   Revenues       % of Total      Revenues       % of Total      $ Change       % Change   
11.4  
(3.0) 
(7.4) 
12.4  
(1.3) 
21.8  
5.6  

47.2    $  372,876      
278,445      
30.7      
37,460      
3.9      
112,110      
14.3      
23,799      
2.7      
8,007      
1.2      
100.0    $  832,697      

42,627      
(8,275)     
(2,770)     
13,922      
(315)     
1,746      
46,935      

44.8    $ 
33.4      
4.5      
13.5      
2.9      
0.9      
100.0    $ 

2018 vs. 2017 

37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
Average monthly revenue per unit, excluding the impact of revenues and customers related to legacy NewWave systems, 
were as follows for 2018 and 2017: 

Residential data (1) ........................................................................   $ 
Residential video (1) ......................................................................   $ 
Residential voice (1) ......................................................................   $ 
Business services (2) ......................................................................   $ 

70.86    $ 
87.72    $ 
34.31    $ 
181.65    $ 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2018 

2017 

2018 vs. 2017 
     $ Change       % Change   
8.2  
5.37      
9.0  
7.23      
2.3  
0.77      
5.2  
9.03      

65.49    $ 
80.49    $ 
33.54    $ 
172.62    $ 

(1)  Average  monthly  revenue  per  unit  values  represent  the  applicable  annual  residential  service  revenues  (excluding  installation  and  activation  fees) 

divided by the corresponding average of the number of PSUs at the beginning and end of each year, divided by 12. 

(2)  Average  monthly  revenue  per  unit  values  represent  annual  business  services  revenues  (excluding  installation  and  activation  fees)  divided  by  the 

average of the number of business customer relationships at the beginning and end of each year, divided by 12. 

Residential data service revenues increased $76.5 million, or 18.4%, as a result of organic subscriber growth, an additional 
four months of NewWave operations, a modem rental rate adjustment in the first quarter of 2018, a reduction in package 
discounting and increased customer subscriptions to premium tiers. 

Residential video service revenues increased $10.8 million, or 3.3%, due primarily to an additional four months of NewWave 
operations and a broadcast television surcharge increase implemented in the first quarter of 2018, partially offset by a 10.5% 
year-over-year decrease in residential video subscribers. 

Residential  voice  service  revenues  decreased  $2.5  million,  or  5.6%,  due  primarily  to  a  9.9%  year-over-year  decrease  in 
residential voice subscribers, partially offset by an additional four months of NewWave operations. 

Business services revenues increased $24.9 million, or 19.0%, due primarily to growth in our business data and voice services 
to small and medium-sized businesses and enterprise customers, an additional four months of NewWave operations and a 
rate adjustment for business video customers in the first quarter of 2018. Total business customer relationships increased 
6.1% year-over-year. 

Operating Costs and Expenses  

Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization) were $370.3 million for 2018 and increased $33.2 million, or 
9.9%, compared to 2017. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues were 34.5% for 2018 compared to 35.1% for 2017. 
The  increase  in  operating  expenses  attributable  to  the  NewWave  operations  was  $30.5  million.  Excluding  the  expenses 
associated with the NewWave operations, operating expenses would have been $276.6 million for 2018, an increase of $2.7 
million, or 1.0%, compared to 2017. The increase was due primarily to higher repairs and maintenance costs of $1.5 million 
and  programming  costs  of  $1.3  million.  Operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues,  excluding  the  impact  of  the 
NewWave operations, would have been 31.4% for 2018 compared to 32.9% for 2017. 

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  $17.8  million,  or  8.7%,  to  $222.2  million.  Selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were 20.7% and 21.3% for 2018 and 2017, respectively. The increase in 
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  attributable  to  the  NewWave  operations  was  $12.8  million,  including  $4.6 
million for system conversion costs. Excluding the expenses associated with the NewWave operations, selling, general and 
administrative expenses would have increased $5.0 million, or 2.7%, to $192.8 million due primarily to higher insurance 
expense of $4.4 million, marketing costs of $2.1 million, rebranding costs of $1.0 million and compensation expense of $0.8 
million, partially offset by lower acquisition-related costs of $4.1 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a 
percentage of revenues, excluding the impact of the NewWave operations, would have been 21.9% for 2018 compared to 
22.5% for 2017. 

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $16.1 million, or 8.9%, including an $18.2 million increase attributable to 
the NewWave operations. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense was 18.4% for 2018 compared 
to 18.9% for 2017. 

We recognized a net loss on asset disposals of $14.2 million in 2018 compared to $0.6 million in 2017. The prior year amount 
consisted of a $7.2 million net loss on asset disposals and a gain on the sale of a portion of our previous headquarters property 

38 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
of $6.6 million. The year-over-year increase in the net loss on asset disposals was primarily attributable to a write-off of 
excess equipment and a higher amount of assets retired as new assets replaced them. 

Interest Expense 

Interest expense increased $13.6 million, or 28.9%, to $60.4 million due primarily to additional outstanding debt incurred on 
May 1, 2017 to finance the NewWave acquisition and an increase in interest rates year-over-year. 

Other Income 

Other income for 2018 primarily consisted of interest income of $4.6 million. Other income for 2017 primarily consisted of 
interest income of $1.2 million, partially offset by a $0.6 million write-off of debt issuance costs related to the additional debt 
incurred to finance the NewWave acquisition. 

Income Tax Provision (Benefit) 

The income tax provision was $47.2 million in 2018 compared to an income tax benefit of $45.0 million in 2017. The year-
over-year change was due primarily to a one-time reduction of our 2017 net deferred income tax liability as a result of the 
Federal tax reform legislation passed in the fourth quarter of 2017. Our effective tax rate was 22.3% and (23.7)% for 2018 
and 2017, respectively. 

2017 Compared to 2016 

Revenues  

Revenues increased $140.6 million, or 17.2%, due primarily to increases in residential data, residential video and business 
services revenues of $70.8 million, $37.8 million and $31.0 million, respectively. The increase was the result of the NewWave 
operations since May 1, 2017 and organic growth in our higher margin product lines of residential data and business services, 
partially offset by a decrease in advertising sales revenues. 

Revenues by service offering were as follows for 2017 and 2016, together with the percentages of total revenues that each 
item represented for the years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2017 

Residential data .............................   $  416,355      
332,536      
Residential video ...........................     
43,733      
Residential voice ...........................     
131,082      
Business services ...........................     
Advertising sales ...........................     
24,824      
11,426      
Other ..............................................     
Total revenues ...............................   $  959,956      

2016 
   Revenues       % of Total      Revenues       % of Total      $ Change       % Change   
20.5  
12.8  
1.8  
31.0  
(9.7) 
34.0  
17.2  

43.4    $  345,563      
294,781      
34.6      
42,949      
4.6      
100,034      
13.7      
27,496      
2.6      
8,525      
1.1      
100.0    $  819,348      

70,792      
37,755      
784      
31,048      
(2,672)     
2,901      
140,608      

42.2    $
36.0      
5.2      
12.2      
3.4      
1.0      
100.0    $

2017 vs. 2016 

Average monthly revenue per unit for the indicated service offerings were as follows for 2017 and 2016: 

Residential data (1) ........................................................................   $ 
Residential video (1) ......................................................................   $ 
Residential voice (1) ......................................................................   $ 
Business services (2) ......................................................................   $ 

63.28    $ 
81.07    $ 
33.80    $ 
177.73    $ 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2017 vs. 2016 
     $ Change       % Change   
2.6  
1.60      
8.3  
6.23      
(1.4) 
(0.49)     
7.1  
11.81      

61.68    $ 
74.84    $ 
34.29    $ 
165.92    $ 

(1)  Average  monthly  revenue  per  unit  values  represent  the  applicable  annual  residential  service  revenues  (excluding  installation  and  activation  fees) 
divided by the corresponding average of the number of PSUs at the beginning and end of each year, divided by 12, except that for any new PSUs 
added as a result of an acquisition occurring during the reporting period, the associated average monthly revenue per unit values represent the applicable 
residential service revenues (excluding installation and activation fees) divided by the pro-rated number of PSUs during such period. 

39 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
(2)  Average  monthly  revenue  per  unit  values  represent  annual  business  services  revenues  (excluding  installation  and  activation  fees)  divided  by  the 
average of the number of business customer relationships at the beginning and end of each year, divided by 12, except that for any new business 
customer relationships added as a result of an acquisition occurring during the reporting period, the associated average monthly revenue per unit values 
represent business services revenues (excluding installation and activation fees) divided by the pro-rated number of business customer relationships 
during such period. 

Revenues by service offering, excluding the impact of revenues related to legacy NewWave systems, were as follows for 
2017 and 2016, together with the percentages of total revenues that each item represented for the years presented (dollars in 
thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2017 

Residential data .............................   $  372,876      
278,445      
Residential video ...........................     
37,460      
Residential voice ...........................     
112,110      
Business services ...........................     
23,799      
Advertising sales ...........................     
Other ..............................................     
8,007      
Total revenues ...............................   $  832,697      

2016 
   Revenues       % of Total      Revenues       % of Total      $ Change       % Change   
7.9  
(5.5) 
(12.8) 
12.1  
(13.4) 
(6.1) 
1.6  

44.8    $  345,563      
294,781      
33.4      
42,949      
4.5      
100,034      
13.5      
27,496      
2.9      
8,525      
0.9      
100.0    $  819,348      

27,313      
(16,336)     
(5,489)     
12,076      
(3,697)     
(518)     
13,349      

42.2    $
36.0      
5.2      
12.2      
3.4      
1.0      
100.0    $

2017 vs. 2016 

Average monthly revenue per unit for the indicated service offerings, excluding the impact of revenues and customers related 
to legacy NewWave systems, were as follows for 2017 and 2016: 

Residential data (1) ........................................................................   $ 
Residential video (1) ......................................................................   $ 
Residential voice (1) ......................................................................   $ 
Business services (2) ......................................................................   $ 

65.49    $ 
80.49    $ 
33.54    $ 
172.62    $ 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2017 vs. 2016 
     $ Change       % Change   
6.2  
3.81      
7.5  
5.65      
(2.2) 
(0.75)     
4.0  
6.70      

61.68    $ 
74.84    $ 
34.29    $ 
165.92    $ 

(1)  Average  monthly  revenue  per  unit  values  represent  the  applicable  annual  residential  service  revenues  (excluding  installation  and  activation  fees) 

divided by the corresponding average of the number of PSUs at the beginning and end of each year, divided by 12. 

(2)  Average  monthly  revenue  per  unit  values  represent  annual  business  services  revenues  (excluding  installation  and  activation  fees)  divided  by  the 

average of the number of business customer relationships at the beginning and end of each year, divided by 12. 

Residential data service revenues increased $70.8 million, or 20.5%, due primarily to an increase in residential data customers 
of  24.7%  year-over-year  as  a  result  of  the  NewWave  operations  and  organic  subscriber  growth,  a  reduction  in  package 
discounting and increased subscriptions to premium tiers by residential customers. 

Residential  video  service  revenues  increased  $37.8  million,  or  12.8%,  due  primarily  to  an  increase  in  residential  video 
customers of 13.1% as a result of the NewWave operations and a rate adjustment in the first quarter of 2017. 

Residential voice service revenues increased $0.8 million, or 1.8%, due primarily to an increase in residential voice customers 
of 12.6% as a result of the NewWave operations, partially offset by a decrease in average monthly revenue per unit. 

Business  services  revenues  increased  $31.0  million,  or  31.0%, due  primarily  to  the  NewWave  operations,  growth  in  our 
business data and voice services to small and medium-sized businesses and enterprise customers and a rate adjustment for 
business video customers in the first quarter of 2017. Total business customer relationships increased 29.1% year-over-year. 

Advertising sales revenues decreased $2.7 million, or 9.7%, due primarily to a decrease in political advertising and fewer 
video customers to be reached by advertising spots. 

Other revenues increased $2.9 million, or 34.0%, due primarily to the NewWave operations. 

Operating Costs and Expenses 

Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization) were $337.0 million in 2017 and increased $40.5 million, or 
13.6%, compared to 2016. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues were 35.1% for 2017 compared to 36.2% for 

40 

   
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
2016. Additional operating expenses attributable to the NewWave operations were $63.1 million for 2017. This increase was 
partially offset by a $12.7 million decrease in labor costs associated with our change in accounting for capitalized labor, a 
$3.8 million decrease in programming costs resulting from fewer video subscribers, a $3.1 million decrease in backbone and 
internet connectivity fees, a $1.3 million decrease in insurance costs and a $1.0 million decrease in repair and maintenance 
costs. Excluding the impact  of the NewWave operations, operating expenses would have been $273.9 million in 2017, a 
decrease of $22.7 million, or 7.6%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues, excluding the impact of the NewWave 
operations, would have been 32.9% in 2017 compared to 36.2% in 2016. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $19.4 million, or 10.5%, to $204.4 million for 2017. Selling, general 
and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were 21.3% and 22.6% for 2017 and 2016, respectively. Additional 
selling, general and administrative expenses attributable to the NewWave operations were $16.6 million for 2017. Increases 
in severance costs of $4.4 million, deferred compensation expenses of $2.4 million and software maintenance costs of $2.1 
million were partially offset by a $3.6 million decrease in labor costs associated with the capitalized labor change and a $1.8 
million decrease in employee incentive costs. Excluding the incremental expenses associated with the NewWave operations, 
selling, general and administrative expenses would have increased $2.8 million, or 1.5%, to $187.8 million for 2017. Selling, 
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues, excluding the impact of the NewWave operations, would 
have been 22.5% in 2017 compared to 22.6% in 2016. 

Depreciation  and  amortization  increased  $33.8  million,  or  22.8%,  to  $181.6  million  for  2017  including  $32.2  million 
attributable to the NewWave operations. The increase was due primarily to new assets placed in service in 2017 and 2016, 
including  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  amortizable  intangible  assets  acquired  as  part  of  the  NewWave  acquisition, 
partially offset by assets that became fully depreciated during those years. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and 
amortization expense was 18.9% for 2017 compared to 18.0% for 2016. 

We recognized a $0.6 million net loss on asset disposals in 2017 compared to $2.8 million in 2016. The net loss in 2017 
consisted of a $7.2 million loss on disposals of property, plant and equipment, including $2.1 million associated with damage 
caused by Hurricane Harvey, partially offset by a $6.6 million gain on the sale of a portion of our previous headquarters 
property. 

Interest Expense 

Interest expense was $46.9 million and $30.2 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase was due primarily to 
additional debt incurred to finance the NewWave acquisition. 

Other Income 

Other income for 2017 primarily consisted of interest income of $1.2 million, partially offset by a $0.6 million write-off of 
debt issuance costs related to the additional debt incurred to finance the NewWave acquisition. Other income of $5.1 million 
in 2016 primarily consisted of a $4.1 million net gain on the sale of a cable system and interest income. 

Income Tax Provision (Benefit) 

The income tax provision (benefit) decreased $106.7 million, or 173.0%, to a benefit of $45.0 million. The decrease primarily 
related to a net income tax benefit of $114.0 million associated with a reduction of our net deferred income tax liability as a 
result  of  the  Federal  tax  reform  legislation  passed  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017  and  $3.4  million  of  income  tax  benefits 
attributable to equity-based awards recorded throughout 2017. Our effective tax rate was (23.7)% for 2017 and 38.1% for 
2016. 

Use of Adjusted EBITDA 

We use certain measures that are not defined by GAAP to evaluate various aspects of our business. Adjusted EBITDA is a 
non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered in addition to, not as superior to, or as a substitute for, net income 
reported in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to net income below. 

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  defined  as  net  income  plus  interest  expense,  income  tax  provision  (benefit),  depreciation  and 
amortization, equity-based compensation, severance expense, (gain) loss on deferred compensation, acquisition-related costs, 
(gain) loss on asset disposals, system conversion costs, rebranding costs, other (income) expense and other unusual operating 
expenses, as provided in the table below. As such, it eliminates the significant non-cash depreciation and amortization expense 
that results from the capital-intensive nature of our business as well as other non-cash or special items and is unaffected by 

41 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
our capital structure or investment activities. This measure is limited in that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain 
capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues and our cash cost of debt financing. These costs are 
evaluated through other financial measures. 

We use Adjusted EBITDA to assess our performance. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA generally correlates to the measure 
used  in  the  leverage  ratio  calculation  under  our  outstanding  Senior  Credit  Facilities  and  Notes  (each  as  defined  under 
“Financial  Condition:  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources  –  Financing  Activity”  below)  to  determine  compliance  with  the 
covenants contained in the Senior Credit Facilities and ability to take certain actions under the Indenture (as defined under 
“Financial Condition: Liquidity and Capital Resources – Financing Activity” below) governing the Notes. Adjusted EBITDA 
is also a significant performance measure used by us in our annual incentive compensation program. Adjusted EBITDA does 
not take into account cash used for mandatory debt service requirements or other non-discretionary expenditures, and thus 
does not represent residual funds available for discretionary uses. 

(in thousands) 
Net income (1) .....................................................................................    $

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

164,760     $

235,171    $ 

100,317  

Plus:  Interest expense .......................................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit).................................................     
Depreciation and amortization .................................................     
Equity-based compensation .....................................................     
Severance expense ...................................................................     
Loss on deferred compensation ...............................................     
Acquisition-related costs .........................................................     
Loss on asset disposals, net .....................................................     
System conversion costs (2) ......................................................     
Rebranding costs .....................................................................     
Other income, net ....................................................................     

60,415       
47,224       
197,731       
10,486       
2,347       
425       
1,773       
14,167       
5,037       
968       
(4,487 )     

46,864      
(45,028)     
181,619      
10,743      
5,652      
2,753      
5,942      
574      
-      
-      
(668)     

30,221  
61,681  
147,839  
12,298  
1,012  
312  
4,719  
2,821  
-  
-  
(5,121) 

Adjusted EBITDA (1) ..........................................................................    $

500,846     $

443,622    $ 

356,099  

(1)  Net income and Adjusted EBITDA for 2018 include the full impact of NewWave operations, while net income and Adjusted EBITDA for 2017 include 

only eight months of NewWave operations, as NewWave was not acquired until May 1, 2017. 

(2)  Comprised  of  $4.6  million  of  billing  system  conversion  costs  related  to  NewWave  and  $0.4  million  of  enterprise  resource  planning  system 

implementation costs. 

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA and similar 
measures  with  similar  titles  are  common  measures  used  by  investors,  analysts  and  peers  to  compare  performance  in  our 
industry, although our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures reported 
by other companies. 

Financial Condition: Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Liquidity 

Our  primary  funding  requirements  are  for  our  ongoing  operations,  planned  capital  expenditures,  payments  of  quarterly 
dividends and share repurchases. We believe that existing cash balances, our Senior Credit Facilities and operating cash flows 
will  provide  adequate  support  for  these  funding  requirements  over  the  next  12  months.  However,  our  ability  to  fund 
operations,  make  planned  capital  expenditures,  pay  quarterly  dividends  and  make  share  repurchases  depends  on  future 
operating performance and cash flows, which, in turn, are subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business 
and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. 

42 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the years indicated (in thousands): 

Net cash provided by operating activities ...........................................   $
Net cash used in investing activities ...................................................     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ............................     
Increase in cash and cash equivalents ................................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period .................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ...........................................   $

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

407,769    $ 
(214,295)     
(91,113)     
102,361      
161,752      
264,113    $ 

324,486    $
(891,167)     
590,393      
23,712      
138,040      
161,752    $

257,121   
(141,607 ) 
(96,673 ) 
18,841   
119,199   
138,040   

During 2018 and 2017, our cash and cash equivalents increased $102.4 million and $23.7 million, respectively. At December 
31, 2018 and 2017, we had $264.1 million and $161.8 million of cash on hand and working capital of $184.2 million and 
$76.7 million, respectively. 

Cash provided by operating activities increased $83.3 million in 2018 compared to 2017, which was primarily attributable to 
an increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $57.2 million and a decrease in cash tax payments of $57.8 million, partially offset by a 
$13.7 million increase in cash paid for interest and a $1.6 million difference in changes to net operating assets and liabilities. 
The change in operating cash flows in 2017 compared to 2016 was primarily attributable to an increase in Adjusted EBITDA 
of $87.5 million and a decrease in cash income tax payments of $13.4 million, partially offset by an $18.8 million difference 
in changes to net operating assets and liabilities and a $15.4 million increase in cash paid for interest. 

Cash used in investing activities during 2018 decreased $676.9 compared to 2017 due primarily to the $727.9 million used 
to purchase NewWave in 2017, partially offset by the receipt of $10.1 million of proceeds in 2017 from the sale of a non-
operating property and a $40.6 million year-over-year increase in capital spending during 2018. The higher use of cash in 
2017 compared to 2016 was due primarily to $727.9 million in net cash paid for the NewWave acquisition and a $28.2 million 
increase in cash paid for capital expenditures. 

Cash used in financing activities was $91.1 million and $96.7 million in 2018 and 2016, respectively, and cash provided by 
financing activities was $590.4 million in 2017. Cash outflows in 2018 primarily related to $42.9 million of dividends paid 
to stockholders, $26.6 million of common stock repurchases, $14.4 million of long-term debt repayments and $7.2 million of 
withholding tax payments associated with equity award vesting and exercise activities. Cash inflows in 2017 were primarily 
attributable to $750.0 million of new debt incurred in connection with the NewWave acquisition, partially offset by long term 
debt  payments,  including  a  $93.8  million  term  loan  repayment,  $37.2  million  of  dividends  paid  to  stockholders,  a  $15.2 
million payment of debt issuance costs and $5.0 million of withholding tax payments associated with equity award vesting 
and exercise activities. Cash outflows in 2016 primarily consisted of $56.4 million for common stock repurchases, $34.4 
million of dividends paid to stockholders, $3.8 million of long-term debt repayments and $2.2 million of withholding tax 
payments for vested restricted stock awards. 

On July 1, 2015, the Board authorized up to $250.0 million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of 
our common stock). Purchases under the share repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and 
in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including share 
price and business and market conditions. Since the inception of the share repurchase program through the end of 2018, we 
have repurchased 204,647 shares of our common stock at an aggregate cost of $99.8 million. During 2018, we repurchased 
38,814 shares at an aggregate cost of $26.6 million. 

We currently expect to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends on shares of our common stock, subject to approval of the 
Board. During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Board approved a quarterly dividend of $2.00 per share of common stock, 
which was paid on December 7, 2018. On February 5, 2019, the Board approved a quarterly dividend of $2.00 per share of 
common stock to be paid on March 8, 2019 to holders of record as of February 19, 2019. 

Financing Activity 

On  June  17,  2015,  we  issued  $450  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  5.75%  senior  unsecured  notes  due  2022  (the 
“Notes”) pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of June 17, 2015. The Notes mature on June 15, 2022 and interest 
is payable on June 15th and December 15th of each year. The Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured 
basis  (the  “Guarantees”)  by  each  of  our  subsidiaries  that  guaranteed  the  Senior  Credit  Facilities  (the  “Guarantors”).  In 
addition,  if  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company  becomes  a  guarantor  in  respect  of  the  Senior  Credit  Facilities  or  certain  other 

43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
indebtedness, it is required to provide (subject to customary exceptions) a Guarantee in respect of the Notes. The Notes are 
unsecured and senior obligations of the Company. The Guarantees are unsecured and senior obligations of the Guarantors. 
At our option, we may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time at the redemption prices specified in the Indenture, 
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the redemption date. The Indenture includes certain covenants 
relating to debt incurrence, liens, restricted payments, asset sales, transactions with affiliates, changes in control and mergers 
or sales of all or substantially all of our assets. The Indenture also provides for customary events of default (subject, in certain 
cases, to customary grace periods), which include nonpayment on the Notes, breach of covenants in the Indenture, payment 
defaults or acceleration of other indebtedness over a specified threshold, failure to pay certain judgments over a specified 
threshold and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Generally, if an event of default occurs, the trustee under the 
Indenture or holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal 
of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. 

On June 30, 2015, we entered into a Credit Agreement among the Company, as borrower, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan 
Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”), as administrative agent, and the other agents party thereto. The Credit Agreement provided 
for a five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $200 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) 
and a five-year term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $100 million (the “Original Term Loan Facility” and, 
together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Original Credit Facilities”). Concurrently with our entry into the Credit 
Agreement, we borrowed the full amount of the Original Term Loan Facility (the “Original Term Loan”). 

Borrowings under the Original Credit Facilities bore interest, at our option, at a rate per annum determined by reference to 
either the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or an adjusted base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate 
margin. The applicable interest rate margin with respect to LIBOR borrowings was a rate per annum between 1.50% and 
2.25% and the applicable interest rate margin with respect to adjusted base rate borrowings was a rate per annum between 
0.50% and 1.25%, in each case determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing grid based upon our total net leverage 
ratio. In addition, we are required to pay commitment fees on any unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility at a rate 
between 0.25% per annum and 0.40% per annum, determined by reference to the pricing grid. 

The  Revolving  Credit  Facility  also  gives  us  the  ability  to  issue  letters  of  credit,  which  reduce  the  amount  available  for 
borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. Letter of credit issuances under the Revolving Credit Facility of $4.1 million 
at December 31, 2018 were held for the benefit of certain general and liability insurance matters and bore interest at a rate of 
1.88% per annum at December 31, 2018. We had $195.9 million available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility 
at December 31, 2018. 

On May 1, 2017, we entered into a Restatement Agreement (the “Restatement Agreement”) with JPMorgan, as administrative 
agent, and the lenders party thereto, pursuant to which we amended and restated the Credit Agreement (as so amended and 
restated, the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) and incurred $750.0 million of senior secured loans (the “2017 
New Loans”), which were used, together with cash on hand, to (i) finance the NewWave acquisition, (ii) repay in full the 
Original Term Loan and (iii) pay related fees and expenses. 

The 2017 New Loans consist of (a) a five-year incremental term “A” loan in an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million 
(the “Term Loan A”) and (b) a seven-year incremental term “B” loan in an aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million (the 
“Term Loan B” and, together with the Term Loan A and the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”). The 
obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are guaranteed by our wholly owned subsidiaries and are 
secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all assets of the Company and the Guarantors. 

On April 23, 2018, we entered into Amendment No. 1 (the “Repricing Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement to, among other things, decrease the applicable margin for the Term Loan B to 1.75% for LIBOR borrowings and 
0.75% for base rate borrowings. 

The interest margins applicable to the 2017 New Loans under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are, at our option, 
equal to either LIBOR or a base rate, plus an applicable margin equal to, (i) with respect to the Term Loan A and the Revolving 
Credit Facility, 1.50% to 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 0.50% to 1.25% for base rate loans, determined on a quarterly basis by 
reference to a pricing grid based on our total net leverage ratio and (ii) with respect to the Term Loan B, (x) for any date on 
or prior to April 22, 2018, 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 1.25% for base rate loans and (y) for any day thereafter, 1.75% for 
LIBOR loans and 0.75% for base rate loans. The Term Loan A may be prepaid at any time without penalty or premium 
(subject to customary LIBOR breakage provisions) and amortizes in equal quarterly installments at a rate (expressed as a 
percentage of the original principal amount) of 2.5% per annum for the first year after funding, 5.0% per annum for the second 
year after funding, 7.5% per annum for the third year after funding and 10.0% per annum for the fourth and fifth years after 
funding (subject to customary adjustments in the event of any prepayment), with the outstanding balance due upon maturity. 

44 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
The  Term  Loan  B  amortizes  in  equal quarterly  installments  at  a  rate  (expressed  as  a percentage of  the original  principal 
amount) of 1.0% per annum (subject to customary adjustments in the event of repayment), with the outstanding balance due 
upon maturity. The Term Loan B may be prepaid at any time without penalty or premium (subject to customary LIBOR 
breakage  provisions),  benefits  from  certain  “most  favored  nation”  pricing  protections  and  is  not  subject  to  the  financial 
maintenance covenants under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. 

We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2018. 

As of December 31, 2018, outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan A and Term Loan B were $237.5 million and $492.5 
million, respectively, and each bore interest at a rate of 4.28% per annum. 

In connection with the Repricing Amendment, we incurred debt issuance costs of $2.1 million, of which $0.1 million was 
expensed immediately. We recorded $4.2 million, $3.2 million and $1.6 million of debt issuance cost amortization expense 
for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Unamortized debt issuance costs totaled $17.6 million 
and $19.6 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

On January 7, 2019, we entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with CoBank, ACB, 
as lender, and JPMorgan, as administrative agent, to provide for a new seven-year incremental term “B” loan in an aggregate 
principal amount of $250.0 million (the “Term B-2 Loan”). The net proceeds from the Term B-2 Loan were used to finance, 
in part, our acquisition of Clearwave. 

The Term B-2 Loan is an obligation of ours and is guaranteed by our wholly owned subsidiaries that guarantee our other 
obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. The Term B-2 Loan is secured, subject to certain exceptions, 
by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors. 

The interest margin applicable to the Term B-2 Loan is, at our option, equal to either LIBOR or a base rate, plus an applicable 
margin equal to 2.0% for LIBOR loans and 1.0% for base rate loans. The Term B-2 Loan may be prepaid at any time without 
penalty  or  premium  (subject  to  customary  LIBOR  breakage  provisions)  and  is  not  subject  to  the  financial  maintenance 
covenants under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. The Term B-2 Loan amortizes in equal quarterly installments 
at a rate (expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount) of 1.0% per annum (subject to customary adjustments 
in the event of any prepayment), with the outstanding balance due upon maturity. The final maturity of the Term B-2 Loan 
may be accelerated following an event of default under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Other than with respect 
to maturity, amortization, prepayment premiums and pricing, the Term B-2 Loan contains terms that are substantially similar 
to our existing Term Loan B. 

Capital Expenditures  

We have significant ongoing capital expenditure requirements. In addition, we expect to spend up to $35 million during 2019, 
in addition to the combined nearly $27 million spent for NewWave in 2018 and 2017, to enhance acquired operations by 
rebuilding low capacity markets, launching all-digital video services, implementing 32-channel bonding, converting back 
office functions such as billing, accounting and service provisioning, migrating products to legacy Cable One platforms and 
expanding our high-capacity fiber network. Capital expenditures are funded primarily by cash on hand and cash flows from 
operating activities. 

We have adopted capital expenditure disclosure guidance as supported by the NCTA – The Internet & Television Association 
(“NCTA”). These disclosures are not required under GAAP, nor do they impact our accounting for capital expenditures under 
GAAP. The amounts of capital expenditures reported in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are calculated in accordance with 
NCTA disclosure guidelines. 

The following table presents our capital expenditures by category in accordance with NCTA disclosure guidelines for the 
years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

Customer premise equipment .............................................................   $ 
Commercial ........................................................................................     
Scalable infrastructure ........................................................................     
Line extensions ...................................................................................     
Upgrade/rebuild ..................................................................................     
Support capital....................................................................................     
Total ...................................................................................................   $ 

56,500    $
9,832      
46,176      
16,381      
30,081      
58,796      
217,766    $

37,071     $
9,595       
40,122       
15,947       
19,186       
57,442       
179,363     $

22,248  
8,257  
41,017  
10,470  
17,575  
31,257  
130,824  

45 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
Contractual Obligations and Contingent Commitments 

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31,    
2019 .......................................   $ 
2020 .......................................     
2021 .......................................     
2022 .......................................     
2023 .......................................     
Thereafter ..............................     
Total ...............................   $ 

Programming 
Purchase 

Commitments (1)       

Operating 
Lease 
Payments 

Debt  
Payments (2)      

Other 
Purchase 
Obligations (3)     

201,894    $ 
160,489      
88,872      
8,910      
6,162      
3,726      
470,053    $ 

1,767    $ 
1,219      
911      
398      
204      
299      
4,798    $ 

20,625    $ 
26,892      
30,017      
630,017      
5,017      
467,683      
1,180,251    $ 

24,385    $ 
17,095      
9,560      
2,760      
1,581      
3,648      
59,029    $ 

Total 

248,671  
205,695  
129,360  
642,085  
12,964  
475,356  
1,714,131  

(1) 

Programming purchase commitments represent contracts that we have with cable television networks and broadcast stations to provide programming 
services to our subscribers. The amounts reported represent estimates of the future programming costs for these purchase commitments based on tier 
placement as of December 31, 2018 and the estimated subscriber numbers applied to the per-subscriber rates contained in these contracts. Actual 
amounts due under such contracts may differ from the amounts above based on the actual subscriber numbers and tier placements at the time. In 
addition, programming purchases sometimes occur pursuant to non-binding commitments, which are not reflected in the amounts shown. 

(2)  Debt payments include principal repayment obligations as defined by the agreements described in the “Financing Activity” section and capital lease 

payment obligations. 

(3)  Other purchase obligations include purchase obligations related to capital projects and other legally binding commitments. Other purchase orders made 
in the ordinary course of business are excluded from the amounts shown. Any amounts for which we are liable under purchase orders are included 
within accounts payable and accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. 

We incur the following costs as part of our operations, however, they are not included within the contractual obligations table 
above for the reasons discussed below: 

●  We rent space on utility poles in order to provide our services to certain subscribers. Generally, pole rentals are 
cancellable on short notice. However, we anticipate that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole attachments 
was $8.9 million, $7.8 million and $5.7 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

●  We  pay  fees  to  franchise  authorities  under  multi-year  franchise  agreements  based  on  a  percentage  of  revenues 
generated  from  video  service  each  year.  Franchise  fees  and  other  franchise-related  costs  are  included  in  both 
revenues and operating expenses within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Such 
amounts totaled $16.1 million, $15.7 million and $14.2 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

●  We have franchise agreements requiring plant construction and the provision of services to customers within the 
franchise areas. In connection with these obligations under existing franchise agreements, we obtain surety bonds 
or  letters  of  credit  guaranteeing  performance  to  municipalities  and  public  utilities  and  payment  of  insurance 
premiums. Such surety bonds and letters of credit totaled $13.3 million and $12.0 million as of December 31, 2018 
and  2017,  respectively.  Payments  under  these  arrangements  are  required  only  in  the  remote  event  of 
nonperformance. We do not expect that these contingent commitments will result in any amounts being paid. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

With  the  exception of  the  items  discussed  within  the preceding  “Contractual Obligations  and  Contingent  Commitments” 
section, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or financing arrangements with special-purpose entities. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates, 
assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. On an ongoing basis, 
we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates. 

46 

  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it is important to our results of operations and financial condition and if it 
requires  management’s  most  difficult,  subjective  and  complex  judgments  in  its  application.  For  a  summary  of  all  our 
significant accounting policies, see note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Long-lived Assets 

A long-lived asset or asset group is tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable. Indicators of impairment may include: 

   ● 

a significant decrease in the market value of the asset; 

● 

● 

a  significant  change  in  the  extent  or  manner  in  which  an  asset  is  used  or  a  significant  change  in  the  physical 
condition of the asset; 

a  significant  adverse  change  in  legal  factors  or  in  the  business  climate  that  could  affect  the  value  of  an  asset, 
including an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; 

   ● 

an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected to acquire or construct an asset; 

● 

● 

a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection 
or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with an asset; and 

a current expectation that, more likely than not, an asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before 
the end of its estimated useful life. 

When an indicator of impairment is determined, the first step is to identify the future intent of the asset or asset group: hold 
for continued use, hold for sale, or dispose by a means other than sale. If the asset is held for continued use and the carrying 
amount exceeds the undiscounted sum of cash flows expected from the use and eventual disposition of the property, the 
impairment loss is recognized as the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset or asset 
group, and the new cost basis is depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset. If the intent is to hold the asset for 
sale  and  certain  other  criteria  are  met  (e.g.,  the  asset  can  be  disposed  of  currently,  appropriate  levels  of  authority  have 
approved  the  sale,  and  there  is  an  active  program  to  locate  a  buyer),  the  impairment  test  involves  comparing  the  asset’s 
carrying  value  to  its  estimated  fair  value  less  disposal  costs.  To  the  extent  the  carrying  value  is  greater  than  the  asset’s 
estimated fair value less disposal costs, an impairment charge is recognized for the difference. If the asset is to be disposed 
by a means other than sale, the depreciation estimates are revised to reflect the use of the asset over its shortened useful life. 

Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether an event has occurred, determining the future cash flows for 
the assets involved and selecting the appropriate discount rate to be applied in determining estimated fair value. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

We  have  a  significant  amount  of  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  that  are  reviewed  at  least  annually  for 
impairment. These balances were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets ..............................................................    $ 
Total assets ......................................................................................................................    $ 
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as a percentage of total assets ...............      

984,500     $ 
2,303,234     $ 
42.7%    

2018 

2017 

984,266  
2,204,632  
44.6%

As of December 31, 

Goodwill. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of identifiable net assets 
acquired in a business combination and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from anticipated synergies 
and intangible assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including assembled workforce, noncontractual 
relationships and other agreements. We assess the recoverability of our goodwill as of November 30th of each year, or more 
frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting unit may 
exceed its fair value. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. To determine our reporting units, we evaluate 
the  components  one  level  below  the  segment  level  and  we  aggregate  the  components  if  they  have  similar  economic 
characteristics. As a result of this assessment, our reporting units are established at the geographic division level. We evaluate 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
the determination of our reporting units used to test for impairment periodically or whenever events or substantive changes 
in  circumstances  occur.  The  assessment  of  recoverability  may  first  consider  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  the 
existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting 
unit is less than its carrying amount. A quantitative assessment is performed if the qualitative assessment results in a more-
likely-than-not determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. The quantitative assessment considers whether 
the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Any excess amount is recorded as an impairment charge in the 
current period (limited to the amount of goodwill recorded). We elected to perform a quantitative assessment for our goodwill 
in 2018, for which the fair value of each geographic reporting unit was determined by applying a calculated multiple from 
our peer group companies to each reporting unit’s forecasted cash flow. Based on the assessment, we concluded that the fair 
value  of  goodwill  for  each  geographic  reporting  unit  exceeded  its  carrying  value.  We  did  not  record  any  impairment  of 
goodwill in any of the periods presented. 

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. Intangible assets with an indefinite life are from franchise agreements that we have with 
state and local governments allowing us to contract and operate our business within a specified geographic area. We expect 
our franchise agreements to provide us with substantial benefit for a period that extends beyond the foreseeable horizon, and 
we have historically obtained renewals and extensions of such agreements without material modifications to the agreements 
for nominal costs, and these costs are expensed as incurred. We group the recorded values of our various franchise agreements 
into geographic divisions or units of account. 

We assess the recoverability of our indefinite-lived intangible assets as of November 30th of each year, or more frequently 
whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. We evaluate the unit of 
account used to test for impairment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets periodically or whenever events or substantive 
changes  in  circumstances  occur  to  ensure  impairment  testing  is  performed  at  an  appropriate  level.  The  assessment  of 
recoverability may first consider qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an 
indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. A quantitative assessment is performed if the qualitative 
assessment results in a more-likely-than-not determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. When performing 
a quantitative assessment, we estimate the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily based on a multi-period 
excess earnings method (“MPEEM”) analysis that involves significant judgment. When analyzing the fair values indicated 
under the MPEEM analysis, we also consider multiples of Adjusted EBITDA generated by the underlying assets, current 
market transactions, and profitability information. If the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets were less than the 
carrying  amount,  we  would  recognize  an  impairment  charge  for  the  difference  between  the  estimated  fair  value  and  the 
carrying value of the assets. We performed a qualitative assessment of our franchise assets in 2018. Based on the assessment, 
we concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of franchise assets in each unit of account exceeded the carrying 
value of such assets and, therefore, we did not perform a quantitative analysis. We did not recognize any impairment charges 
in any of the periods presented. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Our  industry  is  capital  intensive,  and  a  significant  portion  of  our  resources  is  spent  on  capital  activities  associated  with 
extending, rebuilding and upgrading our network. The following tables present certain information regarding our net property, 
plant and equipment and our cash paid for property, plant and equipment for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands): 

Property, plant and equipment, net ..................................................................................    $ 
Total assets ......................................................................................................................    $ 
Property, plant and equipment, net as a percentage of total assets ..................................      

847,979     $ 
2,303,234     $ 
36.8%    

2018 

2017 

831,892  
2,204,632  
37.7%

As of December 31, 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2017 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2016 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 

Cash Paid for 
Property, 
Plant and 
Equipment 

215,761   
175,196   
147,014   

48 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Property,  plant  and  equipment  represents  the  costs  incurred  in  the  design,  construction  and  implementation  of  plant, 
infrastructure and capacity improvements and upgrades. Costs associated with the installation and upgrade of services and 
the acquiring and deploying of customer premise equipment, including materials, internal and external labor costs and related 
indirect  and  overhead  costs,  are  also  capitalized.  Indirect  and  overhead  costs  include  payroll  taxes,  insurance  and  other 
benefits and vehicle, tool and supply expense related to installation activities. Capitalized labor costs include the direct costs 
of  engineers  and  technical  managers  involved  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  plant  and  infrastructure,  the  costs  of 
technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and customer premise equipment, and the costs of support 
personnel  directly  involved  in  capitalizable  activities,  such  as  project  managers  and  supervisors.  Internal  labor  costs 
capitalized for engineering and technical personnel are based on standards developed by position for the percentage of time 
spent on capitalized projects while internal labor costs associated with installation and other plant activities are based on 
standards  developed  from  operational  data.  Overhead  costs  are  capitalized  based  on  standards  developed  from  historical 
information. Costs for repairs and maintenance, disconnecting service or reconnecting service are expensed as incurred. 

The estimated useful lives assigned to our property, plant and equipment are reviewed on an annual basis or more frequently 
if circumstances warrant and such lives are revised to the extent necessary due to changing facts and circumstances. Any 
changes in estimated useful lives are reflected prospectively. 

Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Recent  accounting  pronouncements  which  may  be  applicable  to  us  are  described  in  note  2  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market risk is the potential loss arising from changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates. As described within 
the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial 
Condition: Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activity,” our long-term debt at December 31, 2018 consisted of 
$730.0  million  of  borrowings  under  the  Senior  Credit  Facilities,  which  bear  interest,  at  our  option,  at  a  rate  per  annum 
determined by reference to either LIBOR or an adjusted base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate margin and 
$450.0 million of the Notes. Based on the principal outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities as of December 31, 2018, 
assuming, hypothetically, that the LIBOR applicable to the Senior Credit Facilities was 100 basis points higher, our annual 
interest expense would have increased $7.3 million. An increase in the market rate of interest applicable to the Notes would 
not increase our interest expense with respect to the Notes since the rate of interest we are required to pay on the Notes is 
fixed. 

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Our consolidated financial statements, the related notes thereto and the report of the independent registered public accounting 
firm are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1. 

ITEM 9. 

None. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING 
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

ITEM 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2018, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded 
that, as of the end of such period, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in recording, processing, 
summarizing  and  reporting,  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms,  information  required  to  be 
disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act and were effective in ensuring that 
information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated 
and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Remediation of Previously Disclosed Material Weakness 

During the second quarter of 2018, the Company identified a material weakness in the Company’s internal controls over 
the  NewWave  billing  system  inherited  as  a  result  of  the  NewWave  acquisition  (the  “NewWave  billing  system”). 
Specifically, the Company did not maintain effective access and change management controls to ensure that only authorized 
users  had  access  to  the  NewWave  billing  system  and  underlying  financial  data  and  all  changes  to  the  system  were 
authorized. 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that 
there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company's annual or interim financial statements will 
not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The identified deficiencies did not result in a misstatement to the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements or disclosures; however, the deficiencies, when aggregated, could result in misstatements 
of certain account balances (such as NewWave revenues, accounts receivables and deferred revenues) or disclosures that 
would  result  in  a  material  misstatement  to  the  annual  or  interim  consolidated  financial  statements  that  would  not  be 
prevented or detected. 

During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company successfully completed the conversion of the NewWave billing system to 
the Company’s legacy billing system and the testing necessary to conclude that the material weakness described above has 
been remediated. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Except for the conversion of the NewWave billing system to the Company’s legacy billing system described above, there has 
been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 
15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2018 that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting 
(as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control over 
financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets 
of  the  Company;  (ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the 
Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the 
Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

The Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 
December  31,  2018.  In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  in  Internal  Control—Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on 
the results of this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2018, the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting was effective based on these criteria. 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, has been audited by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report beginning on page 
F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PART III 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this item will be included in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 
14A within 120 days after our year ended December 31, 2018 in connection with our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
(the “2019 Proxy Statement”), or in amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2019 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2019 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR  
INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2019 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2019 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

51 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) Documents filed as part of this report: 

PART IV 

   (1)  Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements listed on the index set forth on page F-1 of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

   (2)  Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules have been omitted since the information is either 

not applicable or required or is included in the financial statements or notes thereof. 

(b) Exhibits. 

Exhibit 
Number  Description 

2.1 

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

Separation  and  Distribution  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  16,  2015,  by  and  between  Graham  Holdings 
Company and Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 
8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 18, 2015). 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 17, 2017, by and among Cable One, Inc., RBI Holding 
LLC, Frequency Merger Sub, LLC, RBI Blocker Corp., RBI Blocker Holdings LLC, and GTCR-RBI, LLC, 
solely in its capacity as the equityholder representative (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, Inc. filed on January 20, 2017). 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on July 1, 2015). 

Amended and Restated By-laws of Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on July 1, 2015). 

Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2015, among Cable One, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank 
of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 18, 2015). 

First  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  May  1,  2017,  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  Avenue  Broadband 
Communications LLC, Telecommunications Management, LLC, Ultra Communications Group, LLC, and 
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 4, 2017). 

Second  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  January  31,  2019,  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  Delta 
Communications, L.L.C. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.* 

Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and between Graham Holdings Company and Cable 
One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on June 18, 2015). 

Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and between Graham Holdings Company and 
Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of 
Cable One, Inc. filed on June 18, 2015).+ 

Cable One, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 
to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 11, 2015).+ 

Cable One, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 11, 2015).+ 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Exhibit 
Number  Description 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

Form  of  Stock  Appreciation  Right  Agreement for  grants  during  2015  and  2016  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on August 10, 2015).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2017).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2017 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on March 1, 2017).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based restricted stock grants during 2017 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 
1, 2017).+ 

Restatement Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2017, among Cable One, Inc., Cable One VoIP, LLC, JPMorgan 
Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 4, 2017). 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 23, 2018, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among Cable 
One,  Inc.,  the  lenders  or  other  financial  institutions  party  thereto,  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as 
administrative agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of 
Cable One, Inc. filed on April 23, 2018). 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of January 7, 2019, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among 
Cable One, Inc., the lenders or other financial institutions party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as 
administrative agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of 
Cable One, Inc. filed on January 8, 2019). 

Amended and Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.15  to  the Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  of Cable  One,  Inc.  filed  on  March  1, 
2018).+ 

Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  for  grants  beginning  in  2017 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed 
on May 4, 2017).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2018 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based proportional-vest restricted stock grants during 
2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

10.17 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based cliff-vest restricted stock grants during 2018.*+ 

53 

  
 
 
Exhibit 
Number  Description 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants in lieu of annual cash 
fees beginning in 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Annual Report on Form 10-
K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Alan H. Silverman Separation Agreement dated November 17, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.21 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Steven S. Cochran Offer Letter dated July 2, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on November 8, 2018).+ 

Kevin P. Coyle Separation Agreement dated July 2, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 
to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on November 8, 2018).+ 

10.22 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants beginning in 2019.*+ 

10.23 

10.24 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  beginning  in 
2019.*+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  time-based  proportional-vest  restricted  stock  grants 
beginning in 2019.*+ 

21.1 

List of subsidiaries of Cable One, Inc.* 

23.1 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.* 

24.1 

Power of Attorney (included on Signatures page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).* 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

Principal Executive Officer Certification required by Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as adopted pursuant to Section 
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

Principal Financial Officer Certification required by Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as adopted pursuant to Section 
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** 

101.INS  XBRL Instance Document.* 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.* 

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.* 

101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.* 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.* 

101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.* 

*  Filed herewith. 
**  Furnished herewith. 
+  Management contract or compensatory arrangement. 

ITEM 16. 

FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

54 

  
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: February 27, 2019 

CABLE ONE, INC. 
(Registrant) 

By:  /s/ Julia M. Laulis 
Julia M. Laulis 

   Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Julia 
M. Laulis and Steven S. Cochran, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power 
of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any 
and all amendments to this Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection 
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and 
authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and 
agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

/s/ Julia M. Laulis  
Julia M. Laulis 

/s/ Steven S. Cochran 
Steven S. Cochran 

Title 

Date 

    Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 

    February 27, 2019 

(Principal Executive Officer) 

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

   February 27, 2019 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) 

/s/ Brad D. Brian 
Brad D. Brian 

   Director 

/s/ Thomas S. Gayner 
Thomas S. Gayner 

   Director 

/s/ Deborah J. Kissire 
Deborah J. Kissire 

   Director 

/s/ Thomas O. Might 
Thomas O. Might 

   Director 

/s/ Alan G. Spoon 
Alan G. Spoon 

   Director 

/s/ Wallace R. Weitz 
Wallace R. Weitz 

   Director 

/s/ Katharine B. Weymouth    Director 
Katharine B. Weymouth 

S-1 

   February 27, 2019 

   February 27, 2019 

   February 27, 2019 

   February 27, 2019 

   February 27, 2019 

   February 27, 2019 

   February 27, 2019 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .................................................................................... 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 .......................................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 

2017 and 2016 .................................................................................................................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 ........ 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 ....................... 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements ..................................................................................................... 

Page 
F-2 
F-3 

F-4 
F-5 
F-6 
F-7 

F-1 

  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cable One, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cable One, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 
and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of 
the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2018,  including  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial 
statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established 
in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company 
as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 
2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, 
in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control 
- Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. 

Change in Accounting Principle  

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for revenue from contracts 
with customers in 2018. 

Basis for Opinions 

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial 
reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal 
Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the 
Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in 
accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the 
PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and 
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated 
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on 
a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial 
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A 
company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in 
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that 
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, 
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the 
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that 
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Phoenix, Arizona 
February 27, 2019 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.  

F-2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(in thousands, except par value and share data) 
Assets 
Current Assets: 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017 

Cash and cash equivalents ...........................................................................................   $
Accounts receivable, net ..............................................................................................     
Income taxes receivable ...............................................................................................     
Prepaid and other current assets ...................................................................................     
Total Current Assets .................................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment, net ..................................................................................     
Intangible assets, net .......................................................................................................     
Goodwill ..........................................................................................................................     
Other noncurrent assets ...................................................................................................     
Total Assets ..............................................................................................................   $

264,113     $
29,947       
10,713       
13,090       
317,863       
847,979       
953,851       
172,129       
11,412       
2,303,234     $

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Current Liabilities: 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................................................................   $
Deferred revenue .........................................................................................................     
Current portion of long-term debt ................................................................................     
Total Current Liabilities ...........................................................................................     
Long-term debt ................................................................................................................     
Deferred income taxes .....................................................................................................     
Other noncurrent liabilities ..............................................................................................     
Total Liabilities ........................................................................................................     

94,134     $
18,954       
20,625       
133,713       
1,142,056       
242,127       
9,980       
1,527,876       

161,752  
29,930  
21,331  
10,898  
223,911  
831,892  
965,745  
172,129  
10,955  
2,204,632  

117,855  
15,008  
14,375  
147,238  
1,160,682  
207,154  
13,111  
1,528,185  

Commitments and contingencies (see note 16) 

Stockholders' Equity 

Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 4,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or 

outstanding) ..............................................................................................................     

-       

-  

Common stock ($0.01 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 5,887,899 

shares issued, and 5,703,402 and 5,731,442 shares outstanding as of December 
31, 2018 and 2017, respectively) .............................................................................     
Additional paid-in capital ............................................................................................     
Retained earnings .........................................................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .......................................................................     
Treasury stock, at cost (184,497 and 156,457 shares held as of December 31, 

59       
38,898       
850,292       
(96 )     

59  
28,412  
728,386  
(352) 

2018 and 2017, respectively) ...................................................................................     
Total Stockholders' Equity .......................................................................................     
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity ...............................................................   $

(113,795 )     
775,358       
2,303,234     $

(80,058) 
676,447  
2,204,632  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-3 

  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
   
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(in thousands, except per share and share data) 
Revenues ............................................................................................   $
Costs and Expenses: 

Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) .....................     
Selling, general and administrative .................................................     
Depreciation and amortization ........................................................     
Loss on asset disposals, net .............................................................     
Total Costs and Expenses ............................................................     
Income from operations ......................................................................     
Interest expense ..................................................................................     
Other income, net ...............................................................................     
Income before income taxes ...............................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) ...........................................................     
Net income .........................................................................................   $

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 
1,072,295    $ 

959,956    $

819,348   

370,269      
222,216      
197,731      
14,167      
804,383      
267,912      
(60,415)     
4,487      
211,984      
47,224      
164,760    $ 

337,040      
204,384      
181,619      
574      
723,617      
236,339      
(46,864)     
668      
190,143      
(45,028)     
235,171    $

296,577   
185,013   
147,839   
2,821   
632,250   
187,098   
(30,221 ) 
5,121   
161,998   
61,681   
100,317   

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $
Diluted ............................................................................................   $

28.98    $ 
28.77    $ 

41.40    $
40.92    $

17.47   
17.38   

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

Basic ...............................................................................................     
Diluted ............................................................................................     

5,684,375      
5,725,963      

5,680,073      
5,747,037      

5,743,568   
5,770,960   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax ............................................     
Comprehensive income ......................................................................   $

256      
165,016    $ 

94      
235,265    $

111   
100,428   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(dollars in thousands, except  
per share and share data) 

  Common Stock 
  Shares     Amount    Capital 

Paid-In     Retained    

   Earnings     at cost     

Additional 

Treasury 
Stock, 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive    
Loss 

Total 
Stockholders’   
Equity 

Balance at December 31, 2015 ......   5,833,442   $ 
-     
Net income ......................................   
-     
Changes in pension, net of tax .........   
-     
Equity-based compensation .............   
Issuance of common stock under 

restricted stock unit awards .........   

947     

Issuance of equity awards, net of 

forfeitures ....................................   

4,247     
Repurchase of common stock ..........    (126,797)    
Withholding tax for equity awards ..   
(3,616)    
Excess income tax benefits for 
equity-based compensation 
activities ......................................   

Dividends paid to stockholders 

($6.00 per common share) ...........   

-     
Balance at December 31, 2016 ......   5,708,223     
-     
Net income ......................................   
-     
Changes in pension, net of tax .........   
Equity-based compensation .............   
-     
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

forfeitures ....................................   
Repurchases of common stock ........   
Withholding tax for equity awards ..   
Dividends paid to stockholders 

31,129     
(900)    
(7,010)    

($6.50 per common share) ...........   

-     
Balance at December 31, 2017 ......   5,731,442     
-     
Net income ......................................   
-     
Changes in pension, net of tax .........   
Equity-based compensation .............   
-     
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

forfeitures ....................................   
Repurchases of common stock ........   
Withholding tax for equity awards ..   
Dividends paid to stockholders 

20,800     
(38,814)    
(10,026)    

59  $ 
-    
-    
-    

4,929   $ 464,559   $  (16,367)  $ 
-     
-     
-     

-      100,317     
-     
-     
-     
12,298     

-    

-    
-    
-    

(380)    

-     

380     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-      (56,370)    
(2,190)    
-     

-    

822     

-     

-     

-    
59    
-    
-    
-    

-    
-    
-    

-    
59    
-    
-    
-    

-    
-    
-    

-      (34,445)    

-     
17,669      530,431      (74,547)    
-     
-     
-     

-      235,171     
-     
-     
-     
10,743     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
(528)    
(4,983)    

-      (37,216)    

-     
28,412      728,386      (80,058)    
-     
-     
-     

-      164,760     
-     
-     
-     
10,486     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-      (26,582)    
(7,155)    
-     

(557)  $ 
-     
111     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
(446)    
-     
94     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
(352)    
-     
256     
-     

-     
-     
-     

452,623  
100,317  
111  
12,298  

-  

-  
(56,370) 
(2,190) 

822  

(34,445) 
473,166  
235,171  
94  
10,743  

-  
(528) 
(4,983) 

(37,216) 
676,447  
164,760  
256  
10,486  

-  
(26,582) 
(7,155) 

($7.50 per common share) ...........   

-     
Balance at December 31, 2018 ......   5,703,402   $ 

-    
59  $ 

-      (42,854)    

-     
38,898   $ 850,292   $ (113,795)  $ 

-     
(96)  $ 

(42,854) 
775,358  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

  
  
   
   
  
      
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

164,760    $ 

235,171     $ 

100,317   

(in thousands) 
Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income ..........................................................................................   $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization .........................................................     
Amortization of debt issuance cost ..................................................     
Equity-based compensation .............................................................     
Write-off of debt issuance costs .......................................................     
Excess income tax benefits for equity-based compensation 

activities .......................................................................................     
Gain on sale of cable system ............................................................     
Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes ...................................     
Loss on asset disposals, net ..............................................................     
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from 

acquisitions: 
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net ............................     
(Increase) decrease in income taxes receivable ............................     
(Increase) decrease in prepaid and other current assets ................     
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...     
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue .......................................     
Decrease in income taxes payable ................................................     
Change in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net ..................     
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................................     

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of business, net of cash acquired ..........................................     
Capital expenditures ............................................................................     
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses related to capital 

expenditures .....................................................................................     
Proceeds from sale of cable system, net ..............................................     
Acquisition of cable system .................................................................     
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment and other ........     
Net cash used in investing activities ........................................................     

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt ...........................................     
Payment of debt issuance costs............................................................     
Payments on long-term debt ................................................................     
Repurchases of common stock ............................................................     
Payment of withholding tax for equity awards ....................................     
Dividends paid to stockholders ............................................................     
Excess income tax benefits for equity-based compensation activities .     
Deposits received for asset construction ..............................................     
Increase in cash overdraft ....................................................................     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .................................     

197,731      
4,163      
10,486      
110      

-      
-      
34,973      
14,167      

(17)     
10,618      
(2,192)     
(27,853)     
3,946      
-      
(3,123)     
407,769      

181,619       
3,174       
10,743       
613       

-       
-       
(87,223 )     
574       

18,146       
(16,784 )     
5,073       
6,874       
(20,547 )     
-       
(12,947 )     
324,486       

-      
(217,766)     

(727,947 )     
(179,363 )     

2,005      
-      
-      
1,466      
(214,295)     

-      
(2,131)     
(14,391)     
(26,582)     
(7,155)     
(42,854)     
-      
2,000      
-      
(91,113)     

4,167       
-       
-       
11,976       
(891,167 )     

750,000       
(15,224 )     
(100,642 )     
(528 )     
(4,983 )     
(37,216 )     
-       
-       
(1,014 )     
590,393       

147,839   
1,642   
12,298   
-   

(822 ) 
(4,096 ) 
(1,497 ) 
2,821   

1,773   
(4,547 ) 
(2,618 ) 
4,052   
(1,324 ) 
(5,928 ) 
7,211   
257,121   

-   
(130,824 ) 

(16,190 ) 
6,752   
(2,672 ) 
1,327   
(141,607 ) 

-   
-   
(3,767 ) 
(56,370 ) 
(2,190 ) 
(34,445 ) 
822   
-   
(723 ) 
(96,673 ) 

18,841   
119,199   
138,040   

Increase in cash and cash equivalents......................................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ......................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ................................................   $ 

102,361      
161,752      
264,113    $ 

23,712       
138,040       
161,752     $ 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures: 

Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest .................................   $ 
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received ...........................   $ 

56,412    $ 
1,811    $ 

43,327     $ 
59,622     $ 

28,628   
73,007   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

Cable  One,  Inc.,  together  with  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  (collectively,  “Cable  One,”  “us,”  “our,”  “we”  or  the 
“Company”), is a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business subscribers in 21 
Western, Midwestern and Southern U.S. states. At the end of 2018, Cable One provided service to 804,865 residential and 
business  customers,  of  which  663,074  subscribed  to  data  services,  326,423  subscribed  to  video  services  and  125,934 
subscribed to voice services. 

On May 1, 2017, the Company acquired RBI Holding LLC (“NewWave”) for a purchase price of $740.2 million in cash on 
a debt-free basis. Refer to note 4 for details on this transaction. 

On January 8, 2019, the Company acquired Delta Communications, L.L.C. (“Clearwave”) for a purchase price of $357.0 
million  in  cash  on  a  debt-free  basis,  subject  to  customary  post-closing  adjustments.  Refer  to  note  17  for  details  on  this 
transaction. 

2. 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Basis  of  Presentation.  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 
2016 may not be indicative of the Company’s future results. 

Principles of Consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, 
including its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Segment Reporting. Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 280 - Segment Reporting requires the disclosure of factors 
used  to  identify  an  entity’s  reportable  segments.  The  Company’s  operations  are  organized  and  managed  on  the  basis  of 
operating  systems  within  its  geographic  divisions.  Each  operating  system  derives  revenues  from  the  delivery  of  similar 
products and services to a customer base that is also similar. Each operating system deploys similar technology to deliver the 
Company’s products and services, operates within a similar regulatory environment, has similar economic characteristics and 
is managed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker as part of an aggregate of all operating systems. Management 
evaluated  the  criteria  for  aggregation  under  ASC  280  and  has  concluded  that  the  Company  meets  each  of  the  respective 
criteria set forth therein. Accordingly, management has identified one reportable segment. 

Use of Estimates. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management 
to  make  certain  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  herein.  Management  bases  its  estimates  and 
assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 
Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be affected by 
changes in those estimates and underlying assumptions. 

Revenue  Recognition. The  Company  recognizes  revenue  in  accordance  with  ASC  606  -  Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers.  Residential  revenues  are  generated  through  individual  and  bundled  subscriptions  for  data,  video  and  voice 
services  on  month  to  month  terms,  without  penalty  for  cancellation.  As  bundled  subscriptions  are  typically  offered  at 
discounted rates, the sales price is allocated amongst the respective product lines based on the relative selling price at which 
each service is sold under standalone service agreements. Business revenues are generated through individual and bundled 
subscriptions for data, video and voice services under contracts with terms ranging from one month to several years. 

The Company also generally receives an allocation of scheduled advertising time as part of its distribution agreements with 
cable and broadcast networks, which the Company sells to local, regional and national advertisers under contracts with terms 
that  are  typically  less  than  one  year.  In  most  instances,  the  available  advertising  time  is  sold  directly  by  the  Company’s 
internal sales force. As the Company is acting as principal in these arrangements, the advertising that is sold is reported as 
revenue on a gross basis. In instances where advertising time is sold by contracted third-party agencies, the Company is not 
acting as principal and the advertising sold is therefore reported net of agency fees. Advertising revenues are recognized when 
the related advertisements are aired. 

F-7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The unit of account for revenue recognition is a performance obligation, which is a requirement to transfer a distinct good or 
service to a customer. Customers are billed for the services to which they subscribe based upon published or contracted rates, 
with the sales price being allocated to each performance obligation. For arrangements with multiple performance obligations, 
the sales price is allocated based on the relative standalone selling price for each subscribed service. Generally performance 
obligations are satisfied, and revenue is recognized, over the period of time in which customers simultaneously receive and 
consume the Company’s defined performance obligations, which are delivered in a similar pattern of transfer. Advertising 
revenue is recognized at the point in time when the underlying performance obligation is complete. 

The Company also incurs certain incremental costs to acquire residential and business customers, such as commission costs 
and  third-party  costs  to  service  specific  customers.  These  costs  are  capitalized  as  contract  assets  and  amortized  over  the 
applicable period. For commissions, the amortization period is the average customer tenure, which is approximately five 
years for both residential and business customers. All other costs are amortized over the requisite contract period. 

Under the terms of the Company’s franchise agreements, the Company is generally required to pay to the franchising authority 
an amount based on the gross amount billed to the customer. The Company normally passes these fees to its customers and 
reports the fees on a gross basis as a component of revenue with the corresponding costs included in operating expense. The 
franchise  authority  assesses the  Company  directly  for  these  fees  and  it  is  the  Company’s obligation  to  pay  the fees.  The 
amount of such fees recorded on a gross basis was $16.1 million, $15.7 million and $14.2 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk 
are primarily cash and accounts receivable. Concentration of credit risk with respect to the Company’s cash balance is limited. 
The  Company  maintains  or  invests  its  cash  with  highly  qualified  financial  institutions.  With  respect  to  the  Company’s 
receivables, credit risk is limited due to the large number of customers, individually small balances and short payment terms. 

Programming Costs. The Company’s programming costs are fees paid to license the programming that is distributed to 
video  customers  and  are  recorded  in  the  period  the  services  are  provided.  Programming  costs  are  recorded  based  on  the 
Company’s contractual agreements with its programming vendors, which are generally multi-year agreements that provide 
for the Company to make payments to the programming vendors at agreed upon rates based on the number of subscribers to 
which  the  Company  provides  the  programming  service.  From  time  to  time,  these  agreements  expire,  and  programming 
continues to be distributed, often pursuant to an extension, to customers while the parties negotiate new contractual terms. 
While payments are typically made under the prior agreement’s terms, the amount of programming costs recorded during 
these  interim  periods  is  based  on  the  Company’s  estimates  of  the  ultimate  contractual  terms  expected  to  be  negotiated. 
Differences between actual amounts determined upon resolution of negotiations and amounts recorded during these interim 
periods are recorded in the period of resolution. 

Advertising  Costs.  The  Company  expenses  advertising  costs  as  incurred.  The  total  amount  of  such  advertising  expense 
recorded was $28.6 million, $25.3 million and $25.9 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. For financial reporting purposes, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with 
original maturities at purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which 
approximates market value. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts.  Accounts  receivable  have  been  reduced  by  an  allowance  for  amounts  that  may  be 
uncollectible in the future. This estimated allowance is based primarily on the aging category, historical collection experience 
and management’s evaluation of the financial condition of the customer. The Company generally considers an account past 
due  or  delinquent  when  a  customer  misses  a  scheduled  payment.  The  Company  writes  off  accounts  receivable  balances 
deemed uncollectible against the allowance for doubtful accounts generally when the account is turned over for collection to 
an outside collection agency. 

Fair Value Measurements. Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that a market participant 
would use in pricing an asset or liability based on a three-tiered hierarchy that draws a distinction between market participant 
assumptions based on (i) observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets (level 1); (ii) inputs other than quoted 
prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly (level 2); and (iii) unobservable inputs that require the 
Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value (level 3). Financial assets and 
liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measure. The 
Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements requires judgment and may 
affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being measured and their placement within the fair value hierarchy. 

F-8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
For assets and liabilities that are measured using quoted prices in active markets, the total fair value is the published market 
price per unit multiplied by the number of units held, without consideration of transaction costs. Assets and liabilities that are 
measured using significant other observable inputs are primarily valued by reference to quoted prices of similar assets or 
liabilities in active markets, adjusted for any terms specific to that asset or liability. 

The Company measures certain assets including goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment at fair value 
on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be impaired. The fair value of these assets is determined with valuation 
techniques using the best information available and may include quoted market prices, market comparables and discounted 
cash flow models. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The carrying amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because 
of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. 

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost. Replacements and major improvements 
are capitalized; maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method 
for all assets, with the exception of capitalized internal labor, which is depreciated using an accelerated method. The estimated 
useful lives of each category of property, plant and equipment is as follows (in years): 

Cable distribution systems .................................................................................................................................    
Customer premise equipment ............................................................................................................................    
Other equipment, vehicles and fixtures .............................................................................................................    
Capitalized software ..........................................................................................................................................    
Buildings and improvements .............................................................................................................................    

10 – 12 
3 – 5 
3 – 10 
3 – 7 
10 – 20 

The costs of leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the remaining terms of the respective 
leases. 

Costs associated with the installation and upgrade of services and acquiring and deploying customer premise equipment, 
including materials, internal and external labor costs and related indirect and overhead costs, are capitalized. Indirect and 
overhead costs include payroll taxes, insurance and other benefits and vehicle, tool and supply expense related to installation 
activities. Capitalized labor costs include the direct costs of engineers and technical managers involved in the design and 
implementation of plant and infrastructure, the costs of technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and 
customer premise equipment, and the costs of support personnel directly involved in capitalizable activities, such as project 
managers and supervisors. Internal labor costs capitalized for engineering and technical personnel are based on standards 
developed  by  position  for  the  percentage  of  time  spent  on  capitalized  projects  while  internal  labor  costs  associated  with 
installation and other plant activities are based on standards developed from operational data. Overhead costs are capitalized 
based  on  standards  developed  from  historical  information.  Costs  for  repairs  and  maintenance,  disconnecting  service  or 
reconnecting service are expensed as incurred. 

The Company capitalizes certain internal and external costs incurred to acquire or develop internal-use software, including 
costs associated with coding, software configuration, upgrades and enhancements. 

Evaluation of Long-Lived Assets. The recoverability of property, plant and equipment and amortized intangible assets is 
assessed whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that recorded values may not be recoverable. A long-
lived asset is considered to not be recoverable when the undiscounted estimated future cash flows are less than the asset’s 
recorded  value.  An  impairment  charge  is  measured  based  on  estimated  fair  market  value,  determined  primarily  using 
estimated future cash flows on a discounted basis. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed of are determined in a similar 
manner, but the fair market value is reduced for estimated disposal costs. 

Finite-Lived  Intangible  Assets.  Finite-lived  intangible  assets  consist  of  franchise  renewals,  customer  relationships  and 
trademarks and trade names, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the respective estimated periods for which the 
assets will provide economic benefit to the Company. 

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. The Company’s intangible assets with an indefinite life are franchise agreements that it 
has with state and local governments allowing the Company to operate our business within a specified geographic area. The 
Company  expects  its  franchise  agreements  to  provide  it  with  substantial  benefit  for  a  period  that  extends  beyond  the 
foreseeable horizon, and the Company has historically obtained renewals and extensions of such agreements without material 

F-9 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
modifications  to  the  agreements  for  nominal  costs,  and  these  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  Company  groups  the 
recorded values of its various franchise agreements into geographic divisions or units of account. 

The Company assesses the recoverability of its indefinite-lived intangible assets as of November 30th of each year, or more 
frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. The Company 
evaluates the unit of account used to test for impairment of its indefinite-lived intangible assets periodically or whenever 
events or substantive changes in circumstances occur to ensure impairment testing is performed at an appropriate level. The 
assessment of recoverability may first consider qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair 
value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. A quantitative assessment is performed if the 
qualitative assessment results in a more-likely-than-not determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. When 
performing a quantitative assessment, the Company estimates the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily 
based on a multi-period excess earnings method (“MPEEM”) analysis that involves significant judgment. When analyzing 
the fair values indicated under the MPEEM analysis, the Company also considers multiples of Adjusted EBITDA generated 
by  the  underlying  assets,  current  market  transactions,  and  profitability  information.  If  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s 
indefinite-lived intangible assets were less than the carrying amount, the Company would recognize an impairment charge 
for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the assets. 

Goodwill. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets 
acquired in a business combination and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from anticipated synergies 
and intangible assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including assembled workforce, noncontractual 
relationships and other agreements. The Company assesses the recoverability of its goodwill as of November 30th of each 
year, or more frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a 
reporting unit may exceed its fair value. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. To determine 
its  reporting  units,  the  Company  evaluates  the  components  one  level  below  the  segment  level  and  it  aggregates  the 
components if they have similar economic characteristics. As a result of this assessment, the Company’s reporting units are 
established at the geographic division level. The Company evaluates the determination of its reporting units used to test for 
impairment periodically or whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances occur. The assessment of recoverability 
may first consider qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination 
that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. A quantitative assessment 
is performed if the qualitative assessment results in a more-likely-than-not determination or if a qualitative assessment is not 
performed. The quantitative assessment considers whether the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Any 
excess amount is recorded as an impairment charge in the current period (limited to the amount of goodwill recorded). 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits. The Company maintains various pension and incentive savings plans. The 
Company recognizes the overfunded or underfunded status of the defined benefit SERP (as defined in note 14) as an asset or 
liability in its consolidated balance sheets and recognizes changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur 
through comprehensive income. The Company measures changes in the funded status of its plans using the projected unit 
credit cost method and several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which is the discount rate. The Company uses a 
measurement date of December 31st for its pension and other postretirement benefit plans. 

Self-Insurance. The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance for a number of risks, including claims 
related to employee medical and dental care, disability benefits, workers’ compensation, general liability, property damage 
and business interruption. Liabilities associated with these plans are estimated based on, among other things, the Company’s 
historical  claims  experience,  severity  factors  and  other  actuarial  assumptions.  Accruals  for  expected  loss  are  based  on 
estimates, and, while the Company believes that the amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate loss may differ from the 
amounts provided. 

Equity-Based Compensation. The Company measures compensation expense for awards settled in shares based on the grant 
date fair value of the award. The Company measures compensation expense for awards settled in cash, or that may be settled 
in cash, based on the fair value at each reporting date. The Company recognizes the expense over the requisite service period, 
which is generally the vesting period of the award. 

Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition 
of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial 
statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial 
statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are 
expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the 
period that includes the enactment date. 

F-10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. 
In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals 
of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences,  projected  future  taxable  income,  tax  planning  strategies  and  recent  financial 
operations. This evaluation is made on an ongoing basis. In the event the Company were to determine that it was not able to 
realize all or a portion of its net deferred income tax assets in the future, the Company would record a valuation allowance, 
which would impact the provision for income taxes. 

The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be 
sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. 
The  Company  records  a  liability  for  the  difference  between  the  benefit  recognized  and  measured  for  financial  statement 
purposes and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the tax return. Changes in the estimate are recorded in the 
period in which such determination is made. 

Asset Retirement Obligations. Certain of the Company’s franchise agreements and lease agreements contain provisions 
requiring  the  Company  to  restore  facilities  or  remove  property  in  the  event  that  the  franchise  or  lease  agreement  is  not 
renewed. The Company expects to continually renew its franchise agreements and therefore cannot reasonably estimate any 
liabilities  associated  with  such  agreements.  A  remote  possibility  exists  that  franchise  agreements  could  be  terminated 
unexpectedly, which could result in the Company incurring significant expense in complying with restoration or removal 
provisions. Retirement obligations related to the Company’s lease agreements are de minimis. The Company does not have 
any significant liabilities related to asset retirement obligations recorded in the consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements. In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) 
issued Accounting Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No. 2017-09,  Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation  (Topic 718):  Scope of 
Modification Accounting. ASU 2017-09 provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based 
payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in accordance with ASC 718. The ASU was effective 
January  1, 2018.  The  adoption  of  this guidance did not have  a  material  impact  on  the Company’s  consolidated financial 
statements, but may have an impact in the future. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for 
Goodwill Impairment. ASU 2017-04 removes step two of the previous goodwill impairment test under ASC 350 and replaces 
it with a simplified model. Under the simplified model, goodwill impairment will be calculated as the difference between the 
carrying amount of a reporting unit and its fair value, but not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The amount of any 
impairment under the simplified model may differ from what would have been recognized under the previous two-step test. 
The ASU is effective for annual and any interim impairment tests performed for periods beginning after December 15, 2019, 
with early adoption permitted. The Company elected to early adopt the standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this 
guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, but may have an impact in the 
future. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a 
Business. The purpose of the amendment is to clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to 
assist  entities  with  evaluating  whether  transactions  should  be  accounted  for  as  acquisitions  (or  disposals)  of  assets  or 
businesses. The ASU was effective January 1, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements, but may have an impact in the future. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash 
Receipts and Cash Payments. The guidance clarifies the way in which certain cash receipts and cash payments should be 
classified within the consolidated statements of cash flows and also how the predominance principle should be applied when 
cash receipts and cash payments have aspects of more than one class of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 was effective January 1, 
2018.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  classification  of  any  cash  flows  within  the 
Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows, but may have an impact in the future. 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606).  ASU  2014-09 
provides new guidance related to how an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services 
to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods 
or services. The new standard provides a single principles-based, five step model to be applied to all contracts with customers: 
(i) identify the contract(s) with the customer, (ii) identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract, (iii) determine the 
transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract and (v) recognize revenue 
when each performance obligation is satisfied. The updated guidance also requires additional disclosures regarding the nature 
and  timing  of  revenue  recognition  as  well  as  any  uncertainty  surrounding  potential  revenue  recognition.  The  Company 

F-11 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
adopted the updated guidance on January 1, 2018 on a full retrospective basis, which required all periods presented to reflect 
the impact of the updated guidance. Upon adoption, the Company also implemented changes in the presentation of certain 
revenues  and  expenses,  which  resulted  in  the  deferral  of  all  business  installation  revenues  and  residential  and  business 
customer acquisition costs, to be recognized over a period of time instead of immediately. Refer to note 3 for further details 
of the impact on the Company’s 2017 and 2016 consolidated financial statements and the requisite disclosures pertaining to 
the transition to the new standard. 

Recently Issued But Not Yet Adopted Accounting Pronouncements. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-
15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation 
Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract. ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for 
capitalizing implementation, setup and other upfront costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with 
the requirements for capitalizing such costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The update specifies which 
costs are to be expensed and which are to be capitalized, the period over which capitalized costs are to be amortized, the 
process for identifying and recognizing impairment and the proper presentation of such costs within the consolidated financial 
statements. ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption 
permitted, and may be adopted either retrospectively or prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the method of 
adoption to pursue as well as the expected impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-07,  Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718):  Improvements  to 
Nonemployee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting.  ASU  2018-07  expands  the  scope  of  ASC  718  to  include  share-based 
payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The update is effective for the first quarter of 
2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect ASU 2018-07 to have a material impact on the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements upon adoption, but it may have an impact in the future. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires companies to recognize an allowance for expected lifetime credit 
losses  through  earnings  concurrent  with  the  recognition  of  a  financial  asset  measured  at  amortized  cost.  The  estimate  of 
expected  credit  losses  is  required  to  be  adjusted  each  reporting  period  over  the  life  of  the  financial  asset.  The  update  is 
effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted, and requires a 
modified retrospective  adoption  approach. The  Company  does not  expect  ASU  2016-13  to have  a material  impact  on  its 
consolidated financial statements upon adoption, but it may have an impact in the future. 

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-02,  Leases  (Topic  842).  ASU  2016-02  requires  lessees  to  record 
substantially  all  of  their  leases  on  the  balance  sheet  as  a  right-of-use  asset  and  a  corresponding  lease  liability,  with  the 
exception of short-term leases. The Company will be required to classify each separate lease component as either an operating 
lease or a finance lease at the lease commencement date. Initial measurement of the right-of-use asset and lease liability is 
the  same  for  both  operating  and  finance  leases,  however,  expense  recognition  and  amortization  of  the  right-of-use  asset 
differs. Operating leases will reflect lease expense on a straight-line basis similar to current operating leases while finance 
leases will reflect a front-loaded expense pattern similar to current capital leases. The Company will adopt this guidance 
beginning in the first quarter of 2019 and anticipates utilizing the modified retrospective transition method by recognizing a 
cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption without adjusting prior 
period reported amounts. The Company expects to elect certain practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance. 
The adoption of this guidance will result in the Company implementing new systems, processes and internal controls and will 
require additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures around the amount, timing and uncertainty of lease-related cash 
flows and significant judgments utilized. The Company’s lease portfolio primarily consists of building, land, tower, fiber, 
equipment and colocation site leases, among others. The Company is currently in the process of determining the impact that 
the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

F-12 

   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
3. 

ADOPTION OF NEW REVENUE RECOGNITION STANDARD 

The Company adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective method, resulting in a recasting of prior 
period  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  adoption  resulted  in  the  deferral  of  all  business  installation  revenues  and 
residential  and  business  customer  acquisition  costs,  to  be  recognized  over  a  period  of  time,  instead  of  immediately.  The 
impact of the ASC 606 adoption on the comparative 2017 and 2016 consolidated financial statements was as follows (in 
thousands, except per share data): 

   As Reported 

December 31, 2017 
ASC 606 
Adjustment 

     As Recasted 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information 
Assets 
Current Assets: 

Accounts receivable, net ............................................................................   $ 
Prepaid and other current assets .................................................................     
Total Current Assets ...............................................................................     
Other noncurrent assets ..................................................................................     
Total Assets ............................................................................................   $ 

51,141    $ 
8,160      
242,384      
6,179      
2,218,329    $ 

(21,211 )   $ 
2,738       
(18,473 )     
4,776       
(13,697 )   $ 

29,930   
10,898   
223,911   
10,955   
2,204,632   

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Current Liabilities: 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities....................................................   $ 
Deferred revenue ........................................................................................     
Total Current Liabilities .........................................................................     
Deferred income taxes....................................................................................     
Other noncurrent liabilities.............................................................................     
Total Liabilities ......................................................................................     

117,963    $ 
38,266      
170,604      
205,636      
9,991      
1,546,913      

(108 )   $ 
(23,258 )     
(23,366 )     
1,518       
3,120       
(18,728 )     

117,855   
15,008   
147,238   
207,154   
13,111   
1,528,185   

Stockholders' Equity 

Retained earnings .......................................................................................     
Total Stockholders' Equity .....................................................................     
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity..............................................   $ 

723,354      
671,416      
2,218,329    $ 

5,032       
5,031       
(13,697 )   $ 

728,386   
676,447   
2,204,632   

Year Ended December 31, 2017 
ASC 606 
Adjustment 

     As Recasted 

   As Reported 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income Information 
Revenues ........................................................................................................   $ 
Costs and Expenses: 

960,029    $ 

(73 )   $ 

959,956   

Selling, general and administrative ............................................................     
Total Costs and Expenses .......................................................................     
Income from operations .................................................................................     
Income before income taxes ...........................................................................     
Income tax benefit ..........................................................................................     
Net income .....................................................................................................   $ 

204,799      
724,032      
235,997      
189,801      
(44,227)     
234,028    $ 

(415 )     
(415 )     
342       
342       
(801 )     
1,143     $ 

204,384   
723,617   
236,339   
190,143   
(45,028 ) 
235,171   

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...........................................................................................................   $ 
Diluted .......................................................................................................   $ 

41.20    $ 
40.72    $ 

0.20     $ 
0.20     $ 

41.40   
40.92   

Comprehensive income ..................................................................................   $ 

234,122    $ 

1,143     $ 

235,265   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Information 
Net income .....................................................................................................   $ 
Decrease in deferred income taxes .................................................................     
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net ..............................................     
Decrease in prepaid and other current assets ..................................................     
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................     
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue .........................................................     
Change in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net .....................................     
Net cash provided by operating activities ......................................................   $ 

234,028    $ 
(86,357)     
(3,065)     
4,950      
6,982      
1,560      
(13,551)     
324,486    $ 

1,143     $ 
(866 )     
21,211       
123       
(108 )     
(22,107 )     
604       
-     $ 

235,171   
(87,223 ) 
18,146   
5,073   
6,874   
(20,547 ) 
(12,947 ) 
324,486   

F-13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016 
ASC 606 
Adjustment 

     As Recasted 

   As Reported 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income Information 
Revenues ........................................................................................................   $ 
Costs and Expenses: 

819,625    $ 

(277)   $ 

819,348  

Selling, general and administrative ............................................................     
Total Costs and Expenses .......................................................................     
Income from operations .................................................................................     
Income before income taxes ...........................................................................     
Income tax provision ......................................................................................     
Net income .....................................................................................................   $ 

184,024      
631,261      
188,364      
163,264      
62,162      
101,102    $ 

989      
989      
(1,266)     
(1,266)     
(481)     
(785)   $ 

185,013  
632,250  
187,098  
161,998  
61,681  
100,317  

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...........................................................................................................   $ 
Diluted .......................................................................................................   $ 

17.60    $ 
17.52    $ 

(0.13)   $ 
(0.14)   $ 

17.47  
17.38  

Comprehensive income ..................................................................................   $ 

101,213    $ 

(785)   $ 

100,428  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Information 
Net income .....................................................................................................   $ 
Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes .................................................     
(Increase) decrease in prepaid and other current assets ..................................     
Decrease in deferred revenue .........................................................................     
Change in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net .....................................     
Net cash provided by operating activities ......................................................   $ 

101,102    $ 
(1,090)     
243      
(173)     
2,007      
257,121    $ 

(785)   $ 
(407)     
(2,861)     
(1,151)     
5,204      
-    $ 

100,317  
(1,497) 
(2,618) 
(1,324) 
7,211  
257,121  

The adoption of ASC 606 did not result in any changes to previously reported total net cash flows from operating, financing 
or investing activities. 

A summary of changes in timing and presentation to the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements is presented 
below: 

●  The net decrease in total assets reflects a decrease in accounts receivable to remove amounts billed to customers for 
which the associated performance obligations have not yet been satisfied, partially offset by the deferral of incremental 
costs incurred to obtain customers, which were historically expensed immediately. 

●  The net decrease in total liabilities reflects a decrease in deferred revenue to remove amounts billed to customers for 
which the associated performance obligations have not yet been satisfied, partially offset by the recognition of deferred 
revenue  related  to  certain  up-front  and  installation  fees  collected  from  business  customers,  which  were  historically 
recognized when billed and the net tax effect of these adjustments on deferred assets and liabilities. 

●  The changes in revenues and expenses are a result of the deferred recognition of incremental customer acquisition costs 
and  up-front  and  installation  business  services  fees  over  a  period  of  time,  compared  to  the  historical  treatment  of 
immediate recognition. 

4. 

NEWWAVE ACQUISITION 

On May 1, 2017, the Company acquired all the outstanding equity interests in NewWave for $740.2 million in cash on a debt-
free basis. Refer to note 9 for details regarding the financing of the transaction. NewWave provides data, video and voice 
services  to  residential  and  business  customers  throughout  non-urban  areas  of  Arkansas,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Louisiana, 
Mississippi, Missouri and Texas. Cable One and NewWave shared similar strategies, customer demographics, and products. 
Accordingly, the acquisition of NewWave offers the Company opportunities for revenue growth and adjusted earnings before 
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) margin expansion as well as the potential to realize cost 
synergies. 

F-14 

  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price consideration as of the acquisition date, reflecting all 
measurement period adjustments recorded in 2017 (in thousands): 

Assets Acquired 
Cash and cash equivalents .....................................................................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable ...............................................................................................................................................      
Prepaid and other current assets .............................................................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment ...............................................................................................................................      
Intangible assets .....................................................................................................................................................      
Other noncurrent assets ..........................................................................................................................................      
Total Assets Acquired ....................................................................................................................................      

Liabilities Assumed 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...............................................................................................................      
Deferred revenue ....................................................................................................................................................      
Deferred income taxes ...........................................................................................................................................      
Total Liabilities Assumed ..............................................................................................................................      

Net Assets Acquired .............................................................................................................................................      
Purchase price consideration ..................................................................................................................................      
Goodwill Recognized ...........................................................................................................................................    $ 

Purchase Price 
Allocation 

12,220  
15,027  
2,286  
192,234  
476,300  
1,184  
699,251  

25,125  
14,516  
6,644  
46,285  

652,966  
740,166  
87,200  

The measurement period ended on April 30, 2018 and no measurement period adjustments were recorded during 2018. 

The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 have 
been prepared as if the acquisition of NewWave had occurred on January 1, 2016 and include adjustments for depreciation 
and amortization expense of $0.6 million and $0.4 million, interest expense from financing of $2.2 million and $6.0 million, 
non-recurring acquisition-related costs of $13.6 million and zero and the related aggregate impact on the income tax provision 
(benefit) of $1.2 million and $7.5 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively (in thousands, except per share data): 

Revenues ........................................................................................................................................   $ 
Net income .....................................................................................................................................   $ 
Net income per common share: 

Basic ...........................................................................................................................................   $ 
Diluted .......................................................................................................................................   $ 

(Unaudited) 
Year Ended December 31, 
2016 
2017 

1,023,945    $ 
235,809    $ 

1,001,246  
89,121  

41.52    $ 
41.03    $ 

15.52  
15.44  

The pro forma combined results of operations is provided for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative 
of or intended to represent the results that would have been achieved had the NewWave acquisition been consummated as of 
January 1, 2016 or the results that may be achieved in the future. 

5. 

REVENUES 

The Company’s revenues by product line were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

Residential 

Data ............................................................................................................   $ 
Video ..........................................................................................................     
Voice ..........................................................................................................     
Business services............................................................................................     
Advertising sales ............................................................................................     
Other ..............................................................................................................     
Total revenues ................................................................................................   $ 

492,816    $ 
343,344      
41,278      
155,993      
24,919      
13,945      
1,072,295    $ 

416,355     $ 
332,536       
43,733       
131,082       
24,824       
11,426       
959,956     $ 

345,563   
294,781   
42,949   
100,034   
27,496   
8,525   
819,348   

Fees imposed on the Company by various governmental authorities are passed through monthly to the Company’s customers 
and are periodically remitted to authorities. These fees were $16.1 million, $15.7 million and $14.2 million for 2018, 2017 

F-15 

  
  
  
  
       
  
  
       
  
       
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
and 2016, respectively. Further, as the Company acts as principal, these fees are reported in video revenues on a gross basis 
with  corresponding  expenses  included  within  operating  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and 
comprehensive income. 

Other revenues are comprised primarily of customer late charges and reconnect fees. 

A significant portion of the Company’s revenues are derived from customers who may cancel their subscriptions at any time 
without penalty. As such, the amount of deferred revenue related to unsatisfied performance obligations is not necessarily 
indicative of the future revenue to be recognized from the Company’s existing customers. Revenues from customers with 
contractually specified terms and non-cancelable service periods are recognized over the terms of the underlying contracts, 
which generally range from one to five years. 

Contract Costs. The Company capitalizes the incremental costs incurred in obtaining customers, such as commission costs 
and  certain  third-party  costs.  Commission  expense  is  recognized  using  a  portfolio  approach  over  the  calculated  average 
residential and business customer tenure. Deferred commissions totaled $7.8 million and $7.5 million as of December 31, 
2018 and 2017, respectively, and were included within prepaid and other current assets and other noncurrent assets in the 
consolidated balance sheets. Commission amortization expense was $3.6 million, $3.1 million and $3.7 million for 2018, 
2017  and  2016,  respectively,  and  was  included  within  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  consolidated 
statements of operations and comprehensive income. Deferred commissions of $2.9 million included within prepaid and other 
current  assets  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  of  December  31,  2018  are  expected  to  be  amortized  over  the  next  12 
months. 

Contract Liabilities. As residential and business customers are billed for subscription services in advance of the service 
period, the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of billing. Deferred revenue liabilities are recorded when 
the  Company  collects  payments  in  advance  of  providing  the  associated  services.  Current  deferred  revenue  liabilities, 
consisting of refundable customer prepayments, up-front charges and installation fees, were $19.0 million and $15.0 million 
as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Nearly all the deferred revenue liabilities existing at December 31, 2017 
were  recognized  within  revenues  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations  and  comprehensive  income  during  2018. 
Noncurrent deferred revenue liabilities, consisting of up-front charges and installation fees from business customers, were 
$2.8 million and $3.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and were included within other noncurrent 
liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

Significant  Judgments.  The Company  often  provides  multiple  services to  a  single  customer.  The  provision of  customer 
premise equipment, installation services and service upgrades may be highly integrated and interdependent with the data, 
video  or  voice  services  provided.  Judgment  is  required  to  determine  whether  the  provision  of  such  customer  premise 
equipment, installation services and service upgrades is considered distinct and accounted for separately, or not distinct and 
accounted for together with the related subscription service. 

The transaction price for a bundle of services is frequently less than the sum of the standalone selling prices of each individual 
service. The Company allocates the sales price for such bundles to each individual service provided based on the relative 
standalone selling price for each subscribed service. Standalone selling prices of the Company’s residential data and video 
services are directly observable, while standalone selling prices for the Company’s residential voice services are estimated 
using  the  adjusted  market  assessment  approach, which relies  upon  information  from  peer  companies  who  sell  residential 
voice services individually. 

The Company also uses significant judgment to determine the appropriate period over which to amortize deferred residential 
and business commission costs, which was determined to be the average customer tenure. Based on historical data and current 
expectations,  the  Company  determined  the  average  customer  tenure  for  both  residential  and  business  customers  to  be 
approximately five years. 

6. 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES 

Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Trade receivables, net.....................................................................................................................   $ 
Other receivables ............................................................................................................................     
Accounts receivable, net ................................................................................................................   $ 

28,128    $ 
1,819      
29,947    $ 

25,014  
4,916  
29,930  

As of December 31, 

2018 

2017 

F-16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts were as follows (in thousands): 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of 
Period 

Additions – 
Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses(1)     Deductions     

Balance at 
End of 
Period 

2018 ..............................................................................................   $ 
2017 ..............................................................................................   $ 
2016 ..............................................................................................   $ 

1,876    $ 
505    $ 
864    $ 

5,101    $ 
4,925    $ 
2,316    $ 

(4,932)   $ 
(3,554)   $ 
(2,675)   $ 

2,045  
1,876  
505  

(1)  Additions for 2017 include a $1.1 million allowance for doubtful accounts assumed as part of the NewWave acquisition. 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Accounts payable ............................................................................................................   $
Programming costs ..........................................................................................................     
Accrued compensation and related benefits ....................................................................     
Accrued sales and other operating taxes..........................................................................     
Cash overdrafts ................................................................................................................     
Franchise fees ..................................................................................................................     
Subscriber deposits ..........................................................................................................     
Customer refunds ............................................................................................................     
Accrued insurance costs ..................................................................................................     
Other accrued expenses ...................................................................................................     
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities .............................................................   $

7. 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Cable distribution systems ...............................................................................................   $
Customer premise equipment ..........................................................................................     
Other equipment and fixtures ..........................................................................................     
Buildings and leasehold improvements ...........................................................................     
Capitalized software ........................................................................................................     
Construction in progress ..................................................................................................     
Land.................................................................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment, gross ...........................................................................     
Less accumulated depreciation ........................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment, net ..............................................................................   $

As of December 31, 

2018 

2017 

20,790     $
17,092       
21,314       
8,149       
4,689       
3,870       
5,180       
1,863       
3,976       
7,211       
94,134     $

21,670  
19,500  
35,189  
6,113  
8,994  
4,457  
6,540  
3,498  
3,312  
8,582  
117,855  

As of December 31, 

2018 
1,421,820     $
220,571       
406,011       
100,625       
94,801       
69,163       
11,946       
2,324,937       
(1,476,958 )     
847,979     $

2017 
1,329,451  
200,175  
378,968  
95,314  
89,773  
67,564  
11,585  
2,172,830  
(1,340,938) 
831,892  

The  Company’s  industry  is  capital  intensive,  and  a  significant  portion  of  the  Company’s  resources  are  spent  on  capital 
activities associated with extending, rebuilding and upgrading its network. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 
2016, cash paid for property, plant and equipment was $215.8 million, $175.2 million and $147.0 million, respectively. 

Depreciation expense was $186.0 million, $173.6 million and $147.7 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

In 2017, the Company sold a portion of its previous headquarters property for $10.1 million in gross proceeds and recognized 
a related gain of $6.6 million. The remaining portion of the property’s carrying value of $4.6 million is included within other 
noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheets as assets held for sale at both December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

As previously disclosed in note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in its Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 (the "2017 Form 10-K"), the Company changed its accounting for the 
capitalization  of  certain  internal  labor  and  related  costs  associated  with  construction  and  customer  installation  activities 

F-17 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
commencing  in  the  first  quarter  of  2017.  The  Company  initially  classified  the  entire  change  as  a  change  in  accounting 
estimate. During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company determined that a portion of what had previously been reflected as 
a change in estimate should have been categorized as a change in accounting principle, a portion was determined to be a 
correction of an error and a portion remained a change in estimate. The changes determined to be a change in estimate or 
change in accounting principle were applied prospectively for all of 2017. The Company revised its historical consolidated 
financial statements to properly reflect the impact of the labor capitalization, including the related impact to depreciation 
expense and income taxes, and corrected for other previously identified immaterial errors, as disclosed in the 2017 Form  
10-K. 

The Company estimates that the change in principle resulted in a decrease in operating expenses (excluding depreciation and 
amortization) of approximately $11.3 million and $11.5 million, a decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses 
of approximately $0.2 million and $0.2 million and an increase in depreciation and amortization expense of $2.9 million and 
$1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, compared to the results under the prior principle. 

8. 

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The carrying amount of goodwill at both December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $172.1 million. The Company elected to perform 
a quantitative assessment for its goodwill in 2018, for which the fair value of each geographic reporting unit was determined 
by applying a calculated multiple from the Company’s peer group companies to each reporting unit’s forecasted cash flow. 
Based on the assessment, the Company concluded that the fair value of goodwill for each geographic reporting unit exceeded 
its carrying value. The Company did not record any impairment of goodwill in any of the periods presented. 

Intangible assets (excluding goodwill) consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

December 31, 2018 

December 31, 2017 

Useful Life  
Range  
(in years) 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount      

Accumulated  
Amortization     

Net  
Carrying 
Amount      

Gross  
Carrying 
Amount      

Accumulated 
Amortization     

Net  
Carrying 
Amount    

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets 
Franchise renewals ..............................   
Customer relationships ........................   
Trademarks and trade names ...............   

Total Finite-Lived Intangible 

1 – 25 
14 
2.7 

    $ 
2,927    $ 
       160,000      
1,300      

40    $ 

2,887     $ 

4,138    $ 
19,047        140,953       160,000      
1,300      

813       

487      

3,886     $ 
252  
7,619        152,381  
975  

325       

Assets ..........................................     

     $  164,227    $ 

22,747     $  141,480    $  165,438    $ 

11,830     $  153,608  

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

Franchise agreements ......................     

     $  812,371      

     $  812,137      

Intangible asset amortization expense was $11.7 million, $8.0 million and less than $0.1 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. 

As of December 31, 2018, the future amortization of currently held intangible assets was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2019 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $
2020 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2021 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2022 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2023 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
Thereafter ......................................................................................................................................................     
Total .......................................................................................................................................................   $

Amount 

11,925   
11,437   
11,436   
11,433   
11,431   
83,818   
141,480   

Actual  amortization  expense  in  future  periods  may  differ  from  the  amounts  above  as  a  result  of  new  intangible  asset 
acquisitions or divestitures, changes in useful life estimates, impairments or other relevant factors. 

The Company performed a qualitative assessment of its franchise assets in 2018. Based on the assessment, the Company 
concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of franchise assets in each unit of account exceeded the carrying 
value of such assets and, therefore, the Company did not perform a quantitative analysis. The Company did not recognize 
any impairment charges in any of the periods presented. 

F-18 

   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
        
         
        
        
         
        
  
      
  
  
    
  
  
        
         
        
        
         
        
  
    
  
  
        
         
        
        
         
        
  
  
        
        
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
9. 

LONG-TERM DEBT 

Notes. On June 17, 2015, the Company issued $450 million aggregate principal amount of 5.75% senior unsecured notes due 
2022 (the “Notes”) pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of June 17, 2015. The Notes mature on June 15, 2022 
and interest is payable on June 15th and December 15th of each year. 

The Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis (the “Guarantees”) by each of the Company’s 
subsidiaries that guaranteed the Senior Credit Facilities (as defined below) (the “Guarantors”). In addition, if a subsidiary of 
the Company becomes a guarantor in respect of the Senior Credit Facilities or certain other indebtedness, it is required to 
provide (subject to customary exceptions) a Guarantee in respect of the Notes. The Notes are unsecured and senior obligations 
of the Company. The Guarantees are unsecured and senior obligations of the Guarantors. 

At the option of the Company, the Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time at the redemption prices specified 
in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the redemption date. 

The Indenture includes certain covenants relating to debt incurrence, liens, restricted payments, asset sales, transactions with 
affiliates,  changes  in  control and  mergers or  sales of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  assets. The Indenture also 
provides for customary events of default (subject, in certain cases, to customary grace periods), which include nonpayment 
on the Notes, breach of covenants in the Indenture, payment defaults or acceleration of other indebtedness over a specified 
threshold,  failure  to  pay  certain  judgments  over  a  specified  threshold  and  certain  events  of  bankruptcy  and  insolvency. 
Generally, if an event of default occurs, the trustee under the Indenture or holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal 
amount  of  the  then  outstanding  Notes  may  declare  the  principal  of,  and  accrued  but  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  on  the  then 
outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. 

Senior Credit Facilities. On June 30, 2015, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among 
the Company, as borrower, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”), as administrative agent, 
and the other agents party thereto. The Credit Agreement provided for a five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate 
principal amount of $200 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and a five-year term loan facility in an aggregate principal 
amount of $100 million (the “Original Term Loan Facility” and, together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Original 
Credit Facilities”). Concurrently with its entry into the Credit Agreement, the Company borrowed the full amount of the 
Original Term Loan Facility (the “Original Term Loan”). 

Borrowings under the Original Credit Facilities bore interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate per annum determined by 
reference to either the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or an adjusted base rate, in each case plus an applicable 
interest rate margin. The applicable interest rate margin with respect to LIBOR borrowings was a rate per annum between 
1.50% and 2.25% and the applicable interest rate margin with respect to adjusted base rate borrowings was a rate per annum 
between  0.50%  and  1.25%,  in  each  case  determined  on  a  quarterly  basis  by  reference  to  a  pricing  grid  based  upon  the 
Company’s total net leverage ratio. In addition, the Company is required to pay commitment fees on any unused portion of 
the  Revolving Credit  Facility  at  a rate between 0.25% per  annum  and 0.40% per  annum,  determined  by reference  to  the 
pricing grid. 

The Revolving Credit Facility also gives the Company the ability to issue letters of credit, which reduce the amount available 
for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. Letter of credit issuances under the Revolving Credit Facility of $4.1 
million at December 31, 2018 were held for the benefit of certain general and liability insurance matters and bore interest at 
a  rate  of  1.88%  per  annum  at  December  31,  2018.  The  Company  had  $195.9  million  available  for  borrowing  under  the 
Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2018. 

On May 1, 2017, the Company entered into a Restatement Agreement (the “Restatement Agreement”) with JPMorgan, as 
administrative  agent,  and  the  lenders  party  thereto,  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  amended  and  restated  the  Credit 
Agreement (as so amended and restated, the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) and incurred $750.0 million of 
senior secured loans (the “2017 New Loans”) which were used, together with cash on hand, to (i) finance the NewWave 
acquisition, (ii) repay in full the Original Term Loan and (iii) pay related fees and expenses. 

The 2017 New Loans consist of (a) a five-year incremental term “A” loan in an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million 
(the “Term Loan A”) and (b) a seven-year incremental term “B” loan in an aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million (the 
“Term Loan B” and, together with the Term Loan A and the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”). The 
obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries 
and are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all assets of the Company and the Guarantors. 

F-19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
On April 23, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 (the “Repricing Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated 
Credit  Agreement  to,  among  other  things,  decrease  the  applicable  margin  for  the  Term  Loan  B  to  1.75%  for  LIBOR 
borrowings and 0.75% for base rate borrowings. 

The  interest  margins  applicable  to  the  2017  New  Loans  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  are,  at  the 
Company’s option, equal to either LIBOR or a base rate, plus an applicable margin equal to, (i) with respect to the Term Loan 
A and the Revolving Credit Facility, 1.50% to 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 0.50% to 1.25% for base rate loans, determined 
on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing grid based on the Company’s total net leverage ratio and (ii) with respect to the 
Term Loan B, (x) for any date on or prior to April 22, 2018, 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 1.25% for base rate loans and (y) 
for any day thereafter, 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0.75% for base rate loans. The Term Loan A may be prepaid at any time 
without penalty or premium (subject to customary LIBOR breakage provisions) and amortizes in equal quarterly installments 
at a rate (expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount) of 2.5% per annum for the first year after funding, 5.0% 
per annum for the second year after funding, 7.5% per annum for the third year after funding and 10.0% per annum for the 
fourth and fifth years after funding (subject to customary adjustments in the event of any prepayment), with the outstanding 
balance due upon maturity. The Term Loan B amortizes in equal quarterly installments at a rate (expressed as a percentage 
of the original principal amount) of 1.0% per annum (subject to customary adjustments in the event of repayment), with the 
outstanding balance due upon maturity. The Term Loan B may be prepaid at any time without penalty or premium (subject 
to customary LIBOR breakage provisions), benefits from certain “most favored nation” pricing protections and is not subject 
to the financial maintenance covenants under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. 

The Company may, subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, obtain additional 
credit facilities of up to $425 million under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement plus an unlimited amount so long 
as, on a pro forma basis, the Company’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement) is no greater than 1.80 to 1.00. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains customary representations, 
warranties  and  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including  limitations  on  indebtedness,  liens,  restricted  payments, 
prepayments of certain indebtedness, investments, dispositions of assets, restrictions on subsidiary distributions and negative 
pledge  clauses,  fundamental  changes,  transactions  with  affiliates  and  amendments  to  organizational  documents. The 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also requires the Company to maintain specified ratios of total net indebtedness 
and  first  lien  net  indebtedness  to  consolidated  operating  cash  flow.  The  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  also 
contains customary events of default, including non-payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts, material inaccuracy 
of any representation or warranty, failure to observe or perform any covenant, default in respect of other material debt of the 
Company and of its restricted subsidiaries, bankruptcy or insolvency, the entry against the Company or any of its restricted 
subsidiaries of a material judgment, the occurrence of certain ERISA events, impairment of the loan documentation and the 
occurrence of a change of control. 

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2018. 

As of December 31, 2018, outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan A and Term Loan B were $237.5 million and $492.5 
million, respectively, and each bore interest at a rate of 4.28% per annum. 

In  connection with  the  Repricing Amendment,  the  Company  incurred debt  issuance  costs  of  $2.1  million,  of  which  $0.1 
million was expensed immediately. The Company recorded $4.2 million, $3.2 million and $1.6 million of debt issuance cost 
amortization for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These amounts are reflected within interest 
expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Unamortized debt issuance costs totaled 
$17.6 million and $19.6 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These balances are reflected within long-term 
debt in the consolidated balance sheets. 

The carrying amount of long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Notes ...............................................................................................................................   $
Senior Credit Facilities ....................................................................................................     
Capital lease obligation ...................................................................................................     
Total debt .....................................................................................................................     
Less unamortized debt issuance costs .............................................................................     
Less current portion .........................................................................................................     
Total long-term debt ....................................................................................................   $

F-20 

As of December 31, 

2018 

2017 

450,000     $
730,000       
251       
1,180,251       
(17,570 )     
(20,625 )     
1,142,056     $

450,000  
744,375  
267  
1,194,642  
(19,585) 
(14,375) 
1,160,682  

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
As of December 31, 2018, the future maturities of outstanding debt, including capital lease payment obligations, were as 
follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2019 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $
2020 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2021 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2022 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2023 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
Thereafter ......................................................................................................................................................     
Total .......................................................................................................................................................   $

Amount 

20,625   
26,892   
30,017   
630,017   
5,017   
467,683   
1,180,251   

10. 

INCOME TAXES 

The  Company  recognized  the  income  tax  effects  of  the  2017  Federal  tax  reform  legislation  (the  “2017  Tax  Act”)  in  its 
consolidated financial statements in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which provides SEC staff guidance 
for the application of ASC 740 – Income Taxes. As such, the Company’s consolidated financial statements for 2017 reflected 
the income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 was complete as well as provisional 
amounts for those specific income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 was incomplete 
but a reasonable estimate could be determined. The Company recognized the provisional tax impacts related to acceleration 
of depreciation and the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities in its 2017 consolidated financial statements. The 
accounting was completed when the Company’s 2017 Federal corporate income tax return was filed in 2018. 

The income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 
U.S. Federal ........................................................................................   $ 
State and local ....................................................................................     
Total ................................................................................................   $ 

10,214    $ 
2,284      
12,498    $ 

32,176    $
2,550      
34,726    $

42,390   
4,834   
47,224   

Current  

     Deferred  

Total  

Year Ended December 31, 2017 
U.S. Federal ........................................................................................   $ 
State and local ....................................................................................     
Total ................................................................................................   $ 

38,033    $ 
4,164      
42,197    $ 

(91,271)   $
4,046      
(87,225)   $

(53,238 ) 
8,210   
(45,028 ) 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 
U.S. Federal ........................................................................................   $ 
State and local ....................................................................................     
Total ................................................................................................   $ 

56,564    $ 
6,688      
63,252    $ 

(2,172)   $
601      
(1,571)   $

54,392   
7,289   
61,681   

The  income  tax  provision  (benefit)  is  different  than  the  amount  of  income  tax  determined  by  applying  the  U.S.  Federal 
statutory rate of 21% for 2018 and 35% for 2017 and 2016 to income before income taxes as a result of the following (in 
thousands): 

U.S. Federal taxes at statutory rate .....................................................   $
State and local taxes, net of U.S. Federal tax .....................................     
Benefit from remeasurement of deferred taxes due to the 2017  

Tax Act ...........................................................................................     
Equity-based compensation ................................................................     
Other ...................................................................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) ...........................................................   $

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

44,517    $ 
3,816      

-      
(3,690)     
2,581      
47,224    $ 

66,550    $
5,487      

(113,976)     
(3,089)     
-      
(45,028)   $

56,699   
3,994   

-   
-   
988   
61,681   

F-21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
   
 
 
The net deferred income tax liability consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2018 

2017 

Other benefit obligations .................................................................................................   $
Equity-based compensation .............................................................................................     
Net operating losses ........................................................................................................     
Accrued bonus .................................................................................................................     
Reserves ..........................................................................................................................     
Other ................................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets .......................................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment .........................................................................................     
Goodwill and other intangible assets ...............................................................................     
Prepaid commissions .......................................................................................................     
Accrued bonus .................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax liabilities .................................................................................................     
Net deferred income tax liability ..............................................................................   $

1,940     $
4,080       
1,983       
1,826       
365       
1,204       
11,398       
119,851       
131,765       
1,909       
-       
253,525       
242,127     $

5,779  
4,711  
2,992  
-  
760  
542  
14,784  
95,345  
123,745  
1,793  
1,055  
221,938  
207,154  

The Company has not established valuation allowances against any U.S. Federal or state deferred tax assets. 

There were $1.8 million of tax-effected U.S. Federal tax net operating losses available for carryforward at December 31, 
2018, which were generated by NewWave prior to the acquisition and have expiration dates through 2036. The use of pre-
acquisition  operating  losses  is  subject  to  limitations  imposed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.  The 
Company does not anticipate that these limitations will affect utilization of the carryforwards prior to their expiration. The 
Company  had $0.2  million  of  tax-effected state  tax net  operating  loss  carryforwards  at  December 31,  2018 with varying 
expiration dates through 2036. 

The  Company  endeavors  to  comply  with  tax  laws  and  regulations  where  it  does  business,  but  cannot  guarantee  that,  if 
challenged, the Company’s interpretation of all relevant tax laws and regulations will prevail and that all tax benefits recorded 
in the consolidated financial statements will ultimately be recognized in full. The Company has taken reasonable efforts to 
address uncertain tax positions and has determined that there are no material transactions and no material tax positions taken 
by the Company that would fail to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold for recognizing transactions or tax positions in 
the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded a reserve for uncertain tax positions in the 
consolidated financial statements, and the Company does not expect any significant tax increase or decrease to occur within 
the  next  12  months  with  respect  to  any  transactions  or  tax  positions  taken  and  reflected  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.  In  making  these  determinations,  the  Company  presumes  that  taxing  authorities  pursuing  examinations  of  the 
Company’s  compliance  with  tax  law  filing  requirements  will  have  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information,  and,  if 
necessary, the Company will pursue resolution of disputed tax positions by appeals or litigation. The Company classifies 
penalties, if applicable, associated with any uncertain tax positions as a component of selling, general and administrative 
expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

11. 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

The carrying amounts, fair values and related fair value hierarchies of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities as of 
December 31, 2018 were as follows (in thousands): 

December 31, 2018 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

Fair Value 
Hierarchy 

Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents: 

Money market investments .............................................................   $ 

238,222     $

238,222  

Level 1 

Liabilities: 

Long-term debt, including current portion: 

Notes ...............................................................................................   $ 
Senior Credit Facilities ....................................................................   $ 

450,000     $
730,000     $

452,250  
698,975  

Level 2 
Level 2 

F-22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
    
  
      
        
    
  
  
      
        
    
  
      
        
    
  
  
  
  
Money market investments are primarily held in U.S. Treasury securities and registered money market funds and are valued 
using a market approach based on quoted market prices (level 1). Money market investments with original maturities of three 
months or less are included within cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets. The fair values of the Notes 
and Senior Credit Facilities are estimated based on market prices for similar instruments in active markets (level 2). 

The Company’s deferred compensation liability represents the market value of participant balances in a notional investment 
account that is comprised primarily of mutual funds, whose value is based on observable market prices. However, since the 
deferred compensation liability is not exchanged in an active market, it is classified as level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. 

12. 

TREASURY STOCK 

Treasury  stock  is  recorded  at  cost  and  is  presented  as  a  reduction  of  stockholders’  equity  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

Share Repurchase Program. On July 1, 2015, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) authorized up to $250.0 
million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of common stock). Purchases under the share repurchase 
program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of 
these  purchases  are  based  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  share  price  and  business  and  market  conditions.  Since  the 
inception of the share repurchase program through December 31, 2018, the Company had repurchased 204,647 shares of its 
common stock at an aggregate cost of $99.8 million. During 2018, the Company repurchased 38,814 shares at an aggregate 
cost of $26.6 million. 

Tax Withholding for Equity Awards. At the employee’s option, shares of common stock are withheld by the Company 
upon vesting of restricted stock and exercise of stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) to pay the applicable statutory minimum 
amount of employee withholding taxes. The Company then pays the applicable statutory minimum amount of withholding 
taxes  in  cash.  The  amounts  remitted  during  2018  and  2017  were  $7.2  million  and $5.0  million,  for  which  the  Company 
withheld 10,026 and 7,010 shares of common stock, respectively. Treasury shares of 184,497 held at December 31, 2018 
include such shares withheld for withholding tax. 

13. 

EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION 

On June 5, 2015, the Board adopted the Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Original 2015 
Plan”),  which became  effective  July  1, 2015. On  May  2, 2017,  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved  the  Amended  and 
Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2015 Plan”), which automatically terminated, 
replaced and superseded the Original 2015 Plan, except that any outstanding awards granted under the Original 2015 Plan 
will remain in effect pursuant to their terms. The 2015 Plan  is designed to promote the interests of the Company and its 
stockholders by providing the employees and directors of the Company with incentives and rewards to encourage them to 
continue in the service of the Company and with a proprietary interest in pursuing the long-term growth, profitability and 
financial success of the Company. Any of the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its affiliates are eligible 
to be granted one or more of the following types of awards under the 2015 Plan: (1) incentive stock options, (2) non-qualified 
stock  options,  (3)  restricted  stock  awards,  (4)  SARs,  (5)  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  (6)  cash-based  awards,  (7) 
performance-based  awards,  (8)  dividend  equivalents  and  (9)  other  stock-based  awards,  including,  without  limitation, 
performance stock units and deferred stock units. Unless the 2015 Plan is sooner terminated by the Board, no awards may be 
granted under the 2015 Plan after May 2, 2027. 

The 2015 Plan provides that, subject to certain adjustments for specified corporate events, the maximum number of shares of 
Company common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Plan is 334,870, which is equal to the number of remaining shares 
of  Company  common  stock  available  for  future  issuance  under  the  Original  2015  Plan  as  of  May  2,  2017,  regardless  of 
whether such shares were subject to outstanding awards as of such date, and no more than 329,962 shares may be issued 
pursuant to incentive stock options. At December 31, 2018, 236,547 shares were available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. 

Total equity-based compensation expense recognized was $10.5 million, $10.7 million and $12.3 million for 2018, 2017 and 
2016, respectively, and was included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of 
operations and comprehensive income. The Company recognized an income tax benefit of $3.7 million related to equity-
based  awards  during  2018.  The  deferred  tax  asset  related  to  all  outstanding  equity-based  awards  was  $4.1  million  as  of 
December 31, 2018. 

Restricted Stock Awards. The Company has granted restricted shares of Company common stock subject to service-based 
and performance-based vesting conditions to employees of the Company. Restricted share awards generally cliff-vest on the 

F-23 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
three-year anniversary of the grant date or in four equal ratable installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant 
date (generally subject to the holder’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date), except 
in the case of awards made to individuals (i) whose equity awards issued by GHC were forfeited in connection with the 
Company’s spin-off from GHC (the “Replacement Shares”), which Replacement Shares vested on December 12, 2016 (with 
certain exceptions as provided in the applicable award agreement), or (ii) who did not receive an equity award from GHC in 
2015  in  anticipation  of  the  spin-off  (the  “Staking  Shares”),  which Staking  Shares  cliff-vested  on  January  2, 
2018. Performance-based restricted shares are or were subject to performance metrics related primarily to year-over-year or 
three-year cumulative growth in Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures or year-over-year growth in Adjusted EBITDA 
and capital expenditures as a percentage of total revenues. Restricted shares are subject to the terms and conditions of the 
Original 2015 Plan or the 2015 Plan (in the case of awards made on or following May 2, 2017) and are otherwise subject to 
the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. 

The current compensation arrangements for the Company’s non-employee directors provide that each non-employee director 
is entitled to an annual retainer of $75,000 in cash, plus an additional annual cash retainer for each non-employee director 
who  serves  as  a  committee  chair  or  as  lead  independent  director  and  approximately  $125,000  in  RSUs. Such  RSUs  will 
generally  be  granted  on  the  date  of  the  Company’s  annual  stockholders’  meeting  and  will  vest  on  the  earlier  of  the  first 
anniversary of the grant date or the annual stockholders’ meeting date immediately following the grant date, subject to the 
director’s  continued  service  through  such  vesting  date. Settlement  of  such  RSUs  will  be  in  the  form  of  one  share  of  the 
Company’s common stock and will follow vesting, unless the director has previously elected to defer such settlement until 
his or her separation from service from the Board. Non-employee directors may elect to defer their annual retainer and receive 
RSUs  in  lieu  of  annual  cash  fees.  Such  RSU  awards  granted  on  January  3,  2018  vested  in  full  on  the  date  immediately 
preceding  the  date  of  the  2018  annual  stockholders’  meeting  date  and  future  awards  will  vest  on  the  date  immediately 
preceding  the  date  of  the  annual  stockholders’  meeting  immediately  following  the  grant  date,  subject  to  the  director’s 
continued service through such vesting date. Any dividends associated with RSUs granted prior to the 2017 annual grant of 
RSUs will be converted into dividend equivalent units (“DEUs”), which will be delivered at the time of settlement of the 
associated RSUs. Commencing with the 2017 annual grant of RSUs, dividends associated with RSUs will be paid out in cash 
at the time of settlement. As of December 31, 2018, 4,144 RSUs, including DEUs, were vested and deferred. 

Restricted shares, RSUs and DEUs are collectively referred to as “restricted stock.” A summary of restricted stock activity is 
as follows: 

Weighted 
Average 

     Grant Date 
Fair Value 
Per Share 

Restricted 
Stock 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015 ...........................................................................................     
Granted ...........................................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................................     
Vested and issued ...........................................................................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2016 ...........................................................................................     
Granted ...........................................................................................................................................     
Granted due to performance achievement ......................................................................................     
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................................     
Vested and issued ...........................................................................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 ...........................................................................................     
Granted ...........................................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................................     
Vested and issued ...........................................................................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 ...........................................................................................     

39,744    $ 
10,369    $ 
(1,343)   $ 
(10,345)   $ 
38,425    $ 
17,245    $ 
5,006    $ 
(6,223)   $ 
(3,163)   $ 
51,290    $ 
17,098    $ 
(2,455)   $ 
(25,057)   $ 
40,876    $ 

383.18  
454.75  
389.33  
383.61  
402.13  
633.34  
433.66  
469.23  
415.39  
472.89  
715.74  
636.64  
397.53  
610.88  

Vested and unissued as of December 31, 2018 ..............................................................................     

4,144    $ 

493.96  

Compensation expense associated with restricted stock is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with 
forfeitures recognized as incurred. Equity-based compensation expense for restricted stock was $6.8 million, $7.5 million 
and  $9.4  million  for  2018,  2017  and  2016,  respectively. At  December  31,  2018,  there  was  $9.7  million  of  unrecognized 
compensation expense related to restricted stock, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.1 
years. 

F-24 

   
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
Stock Appreciation Rights. The Company has granted SARs to certain executives and other employees of the Company. 
The  SARs  are  scheduled  to  vest  in  four  equal  ratable  installments  beginning  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  grant  date 
(generally subject to the holder’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date). The SARs 
are subject to the terms and conditions of the Original 2015 Plan or the 2015 Plan (in the case of awards made on or following 
May 2, 2017) and will otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. 

A summary of SAR activity is as follows: 

Stock  
Appreciation 
Rights 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Fair 
Value 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(in years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value  
(in 

thousands)      
1,539      
-      

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015 ..........................      
Granted ..........................................................................      
Forfeited ........................................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2016 ..........................      
Granted ..........................................................................      
Exercised .......................................................................      
Forfeited ........................................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 ..........................      
Granted ..........................................................................      
Exercised .......................................................................      
Forfeited ........................................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 ..........................      

135,600    $ 
6,100    $ 
(5,700)   $ 
136,000    $ 
24,432    $ 
(41,603)   $ 
(16,371)   $ 
102,458    $ 
21,000    $ 
(27,060)   $ 
(5,793)   $ 
90,605    $ 

422.31    $ 
522.50    $ 
422.31    $ 
426.80    $ 
632.15    $ 
424.02    $ 
422.31    $ 
477.62    $ 
744.47    $ 
435.11    $ 
502.08    $ 
550.60    $ 

87.22    $ 
106.15    $ 
87.22      
88.07    $ 
140.44    $ 
87.54      
87.22      
100.91    $ 
181.21    $ 
90.06      
108.22      
122.29    $ 

26,510      
-      

23,173      
-      

24,673      

Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2018 .........      

26,935    $ 

465.74    $ 

98.09    $ 

9,545      

8.7   
9.1   

8.1   
8.7   

7.2   

6.4   

The grant date fair value of the Company’s SARs is measured using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The weighted average 
inputs used in the model for grants awarded during 2018, 2017 and 2016 were as follows: 

Expected volatility ....................................................................................    
Risk-free interest rate ...............................................................................    
Expected term (in years) ...........................................................................    
Expected dividend yield ...........................................................................    

2018 
22.22% 
2.53% 
6.25 
0.97% 

2017 
20.83% 
2.13% 
6.25 
0.95% 

2016 
21.63% 
1.39% 
6.25 
1.16% 

Compensation expense associated with SARs is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with forfeitures 
recognized as incurred. Equity-based compensation expense for SARs was $3.7 million, $3.3 million and $2.9 million for 
2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2018, there was $6.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense 
related to SARs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.1 years. 

The  Black-Scholes  model used  to  estimate  the fair  value of  the  Company’s  SARs requires  the  input  of  highly  subjective 
assumptions, including the expected volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock, the risk-free interest rate, the 
expected  term  of  the  SARs  and  the  expected  dividend  yield  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  These  estimates  involve 
inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, 
the Company’s equity-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions for 2018 
were determined as follows: 

●  Fair Value of Common Stock — Valued by reference to the closing price of the Company’s publicly traded common

stock on the date of grant. 

●  Expected Volatility — Prior to the spin-off the Company did not have a history of market prices for its common stock, 
and through 2018 it did not have what the Company considered a sufficient trading history for its common stock to
exclusively use historical market prices for its common stock to estimate future volatility. Accordingly, the Company
estimated the expected stock price volatility for its common stock by using a combination weighting between its life-
to-date  historical  daily  volatility  and  a  leverage-adjusted  average  volatility  of  industry  peers  based  on  daily  price
observations  over  a  period  equivalent  to  the  expected  term  of  the  SAR  grants.  Industry  peers  consist  of  public

F-25 

   
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
       
    
       
    
       
    
       
    
       
    
  
       
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
   
companies in the cable, satellite and integrated telecommunication services industry similar in size, stage of life cycle
and financial leverage. 

●  Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities

with maturities similar to the expected term of the SARs. 

●  Expected Term — The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards were expected to
be outstanding. Prior to the spin-off, the Company did not have stock-based awards specific to Cable One and therefore
did not have a history of the period that its stock-based awards were expected to be outstanding. Accordingly, the 
expected terms of the awards were based on the “simplified method” which defines the expected term as the average
of the contractual term of the SARs and the weighted-average vesting period for all tranches. 

●  Expected Dividend Yield — The Company expects to continue to pay quarterly dividends in the future and, as such,
the expected dividend yield was calculated as the expected future annual dividend divided by the Company’s closing
stock price on the grant date. 

14. 

POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS 

Pension Plans. The Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”) includes a defined benefit portion 
(the “DB SERP”) and a defined contribution portion (the “DC SERP”). As the DB SERP is unfunded, the Company makes 
contributions to the DB SERP based on actual benefit payments. No participant or Company contributions to the DC SERP 
occurred during any of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. 

The following table sets forth obligation information for the DB SERP (in thousands): 

Benefit obligation at beginning of period .......................................................................................   $ 
Interest cost ....................................................................................................................................     
Actuarial gain .................................................................................................................................     
Benefits paid ..................................................................................................................................     
Benefit obligation at end of period .................................................................................................   $ 

5,187    $ 
179      
(437)     
(289)     
4,640    $ 

5,125  
196  
(123) 
(11) 
5,187  

The accumulated benefit obligation for the DB SERP at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $4.6 million and $5.2 million, 
respectively. The amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheets for the DB SERP were as follows (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2018 

2017 

As of December 31, 

2018 

2017 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .......................................................................................   $ 
Other noncurrent liabilities.............................................................................................................     
Total liabilities ...............................................................................................................................   $ 

282    $ 
4,358      
4,640    $ 

323  
4,864  
5,187  

Key assumptions utilized for determining the benefit obligation included the use of a discount rate of 4.27% and 3.56% for 
2018 and 2017, respectively. 

The Company recognized $0.2 million in DB SERP expense for each of 2018, 2017 and 2016, which was recorded within 
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  income. 
Company contributions to the DB SERP were $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and were not material for 
the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

At December 31, 2018, future estimated benefit payments for the next 10 years were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2019 .....................................................................................................................................................................     $ 
2020 .....................................................................................................................................................................       
2021 .....................................................................................................................................................................       
2022 .....................................................................................................................................................................       
2023 .....................................................................................................................................................................       
2024 – 2028..........................................................................................................................................................       
Total .............................................................................................................................................................     $ 

Estimated Benefit 
Payments 

288  
288  
287  
287  
286  
1,459  
2,895  

The actuarial loss expected to be recognized during 2019 as a component of net periodic cost for the DB SERP is immaterial. 

F-26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
401(k)  Plans.  The  Company  sponsors  a  401(k)  savings  plan  (the  “401(k)  Plan”),  which  allows  eligible  employees  to 
contribute a portion of their compensation to the 401(k) Plan, and in some cases, a matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan 
is made by the Company. The Company recorded matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan of $3.6 million, $3.1 million and 
$2.8 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Deferred Compensation. The Company has and may continue to enter into arrangements under the Cable One, Inc. Deferred 
Compensation  Plan  with  certain  current  and  former  executives  and  officers  of  the  Company  who  desire  to  defer  all  or  a 
portion of their annual cash-based incentives. Upon execution of the agreements, the Company transfers the deferred incentive 
to  a  long-term  liability.  Realized  and  unrealized  market-based  gains  and  losses  are  applied  to  the  respective  outstanding 
balances  at  each  reporting  period  such  that  market-based  period  gains  represent  additional  compensation  expense  to  the 
Company and market-based losses represent a reduction of compensation expense. 

The Company’s deferred compensation expense was $0.4 million, $2.8 million and $0.3 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively,  and  was  included  within  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations and comprehensive income. The deferred compensation liability as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $3.0 
million and $20.2 million, respectively. The current portion of this liability is included within accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities and the noncurrent portion is included within other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The 
Company distributed $17.1 million of deferred compensation payments in 2018. 

15. 

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share further includes any common shares available to be 
issued upon vesting or exercise of outstanding equity awards if such inclusion would be dilutive, calculated using the treasury 
stock method. 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share (in thousands, except share 
and per share amounts): 

Numerator: 
Net income .........................................................................................   $
Denominator: 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic  ..................................     
Effect of dilutive equity-based awards (1) ...........................................     
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted ...................     

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

164,760    $ 

235,171    $

100,317   

5,684,375      
41,588      
5,725,963      

5,680,073      
66,964      
5,747,037      

5,743,568   
27,392   
5,770,960   

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $
Diluted ............................................................................................   $

28.98    $ 
28.77    $ 

41.40    $
40.92    $

17.47   
17.38   

(1) 

Equity-based awards whose impact is considered to be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method were excluded from the diluted net income per 
common  share  calculation.  The  excluded  number  of  anti-dilutive  equity-based  awards  totaled  1,811,  2,600  and  438  for  2018,  2017  and  2016, 
respectively. 

16. 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Contractual  Obligations.  The  Company  has  obligations  to  make  future  payments  for  goods  and  services  under  certain 
contractual arrangements. These contractual obligations secure the future rights to various assets and services to be used in 
the  normal  course  of  the  Company’s  operations.  For  example,  the  Company  is  contractually  committed  to  make  certain 
minimum lease payments for the use of property under operating lease agreements. In accordance with applicable accounting 
rules,  the  future  rights  and  obligations  pertaining  to  firm  commitments,  such  as  operating  lease  obligations  and  certain 
purchase obligations under contracts, are not reflected as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

The Company’s rent expense, which primarily includes facility and pole rental expense, was $13.1 million, $11.1 million and 
$8.1  million  for  2018,  2017  and  2016,  respectively.  The  Company  has  lease  obligations  under  various  operating  leases, 
including minimum lease obligations for real estate. 

F-27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
The  following  table  summarizes  the  Company’s  outstanding  contractual  obligations  as  of  December 31,  2018  (including 
amounts  associated  with  data  processing  services,  high-speed  data  connectivity  and  fiber-related  obligations)  and  the 
estimated timing and effect that such obligations are expected to have on the Company’s liquidity and cash flows in future 
periods (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31,  
2019 ....................................................    $ 
2020 ....................................................      
2021 ....................................................      
2022 ....................................................      
2023 ....................................................      
Thereafter ............................................      
Total ............................................    $ 

Programming 
Purchase 

Commitments (1)       

Operating 
Lease 
Payments 

Debt  

Other 
Purchase 

Payments (2)       

Obligations (3)      

Total 

201,894       $ 
160,489         
88,872         
8,910         
6,162         
3,726         
470,053       $ 

1,767      $ 
1,219        
911        
398        
204        
299        
4,798      $ 

20,625      $ 
26,892        
30,017        
630,017        
5,017        
467,683        
1,180,251      $ 

24,385      $ 
17,095        
9,560        
2,760        
1,581        
3,648        
59,029      $ 

248,671  
205,695  
129,360  
642,085  
12,964  
475,356  
1,714,131  

(1) 

Programming  purchase  commitments  represent  contracts  that  the  Company  has  with  cable  television  networks  and  broadcast  stations  to  provide 
programming services to subscribers. The amounts reported represent estimates of the future programming costs for these purchase commitments 
based on tier placement as of December 31, 2018 and the estimated subscriber numbers applied to the per-subscriber rates contained in these contracts. 
Actual amounts due under such contracts may differ from the amounts above based on the actual subscriber numbers and tier placements at the time. 
In addition, programming purchases sometimes occur pursuant to non-binding commitments, which are not reflected in the amounts shown. 
(2)  Debt payments include principal repayment obligations as defined by the agreements described in note 9 and capital lease payment obligations. 
(3)  Other purchase obligations include purchase obligations related to capital projects and other legally binding commitments. Other purchase orders made 
in the ordinary course of business are excluded from the amounts shown. Any amounts for which the Company is liable under purchase orders are 
included within accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. 

The  Company  incurs  the  following  costs  as  part  of  its  operations,  however,  they  are  not  included  within  the  contractual 
obligations table above for the reasons discussed below: 

●  The  Company  rents  space  on  utility  poles  in  order  to  provide  services  to  subscribers.  Generally,  pole  rentals  are
cancellable  on  short  notice.  However,  the  Company  anticipates  that  such  rentals  will  recur.  Rent  expense  for  pole 
attachments was $8.9 million, $7.8 million and $5.7 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

●  The  Company  pays  fees  to  franchise  authorities  under  multi-year  franchise  agreements  based  on  a  percentage  of
revenues generated from video service each year. Franchise fees and other franchise-related costs are included in both
revenues and operating expenses within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Such
amounts totaled $16.1 million, $15.7 million and $14.2 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

●  The Company has franchise agreements requiring plant construction and the provision of services to customers within
the franchise areas. In connection with these obligations under existing franchise agreements, the Company obtains
surety  bonds  or  letters  of  credit  guaranteeing  performance  to  municipalities  and  public  utilities  and  payment  of
insurance premiums. Such surety bonds and letters of credit totaled $13.3 million and $12.0 million as of December
31,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  Payments  under  these  arrangements  are  required  only  in  the  remote  event  of
nonperformance. The Company does not expect that these contingent commitments will result in any amounts being
paid. 

Litigation  and  Legal  Matters. The  Company  is  subject  to  complaints  and  administrative  proceedings  and  has  been  a 
defendant  in  various  civil  lawsuits  that  have  arisen  in  the  ordinary  course  of  its  business.  Such  matters  include  contract 
disputes;  actions  alleging  negligence;  invasion  of  privacy;  trademark,  copyright  and  patent  infringement;  violations  of 
applicable wage and hour laws; statutory or common law claims involving current and former employees; and other matters. 
Although the outcomes of any legal claims and proceedings against the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, based 
on currently available information, the Company believes that there are no existing claims or proceedings that are likely to 
have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

Regulation  in  the  Company’s  Industry.  The  operation  of  a  cable  system  is  extensively  regulated  by  the  Federal 
Communications Commission (the “FCC”), some state governments and most local governments. The FCC has the authority 
to  enforce  its  regulations  through  the  imposition  of  substantial  fines,  the  issuance  of  cease  and  desist  orders  and/or  the 
imposition of other administrative sanctions, such as the revocation of FCC licenses needed to operate certain transmission 
facilities used in connection with cable operations. The Telecommunications Act of 1996 altered the regulatory structure 
governing the nation’s communications providers. It removed barriers to competition in both the cable television market and 
the  voice  services  market.  Among  other  things,  it  reduced  the  scope  of  cable  rate  regulation  and  encouraged  additional 

F-28 

  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
competition in the video programming industry by allowing telephone companies to provide video programming in their own 
telephone service areas. Future legislative and regulatory changes could adversely affect the Company’s operations. 

GHC  Agreements. On  June  16,  2015,  Cable  One  entered  into  several  agreements  with  GHC  that  set  forth  the  principal 
actions taken in connection with the spin-off and that govern the relationship of the parties following the spin-off, including 
a Separation and Distribution Agreement, a Tax Matters Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. The aggregate 
costs  and  reimbursements  paid  to  GHC  totaled  $0.4  million,  $0.4  million  and  $5.5  million  in  2018,  2017  and  2016, 
respectively. 

17. 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

On November 9, 2018, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire Clearwave, a facilities-based service provider that 
owns  and  operates  a  high-capacity  fiber  network  offering  dense  regional  coverage  in  Southern  Illinois.  The  acquisition 
provides the Company with a premier fiber network within its existing footprint, further enables the Company to supply its 
customers with enhanced business services solutions and provides a platform to allow the Company to replicate Clearwave’s 
strategy in several of its other markets. The transaction closed on January 8, 2019 and was funded with cash on hand and the 
additional term loan borrowings described below. The Company paid a purchase price of $357.0 million in cash on a debt-
free basis, subject to customary post-closing adjustments. 

On  January  7, 2019,  the  Company  entered  into Amendment  No.  2  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  with 
CoBank, ACB, as lender, and JPMorgan, as administrative agent, to provide for a new seven-year incremental term “B” loan 
in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million (the “Term B-2 Loan”). 

The Term B-2 Loan is an obligation of the Company and is guaranteed by the wholly owned subsidiaries that guarantee the 
other  obligations  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement.  The  Term  B-2  Loan  is  secured,  subject  to  certain 
exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors. 

The interest margin applicable to the Term B-2 Loan is, at the Company’s option, equal to either LIBOR or a base rate, plus 
an applicable margin equal to 2.0% for LIBOR loans and 1.0% for base rate loans. The Term B-2 Loan may be prepaid at 
any time without penalty or premium (subject to customary LIBOR breakage provisions) and is not subject to the financial 
maintenance covenants under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. The Term B-2 Loan amortizes in equal quarterly 
installments at a rate (expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount) of 1.0% per annum (subject to customary 
adjustments in the event of any prepayment), with the outstanding balance due upon maturity. The final maturity of the Term 
B-2 Loan may be accelerated following an event of default under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Other than 
with  respect  to  maturity,  amortization,  prepayment  premiums  and  pricing,  the  Term  B-2  Loan  contains  terms  that  are 
substantially similar to the existing Term Loan B. 

The Company is currently in the process of finalizing the accounting for the acquisition of Clearwave and expects to complete 
the preliminary allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the end of the first 
quarter 2019. 

18. 

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS (UNAUDITED) 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 
(Unaudited) 

Second 
(in thousands, except per share and share data)  
Quarter      
Revenues ......................................................................................   $  265,761    $  268,414    $
Total costs and expenses ..............................................................   $  201,100    $  197,746    $
70,668    $
Income from operations ................................................................   $ 
43,785    $
Net income ...................................................................................   $ 

64,661    $ 
40,653    $ 

Quarter      

First 

Third 
Quarter      
268,268    $
204,949    $
63,319    $
38,314    $

Fourth 
Quarter    
269,852  
200,588  
69,264  
42,008  

Net income per common share: 

Basic .........................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ......................................................................................   $ 

7.13    $ 
7.08    $ 

7.70    $
7.65    $

6.75    $
6.70    $

7.40  
7.34  

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

Basic .........................................................................................      5,702,539       5,687,095       5,674,224       5,674,067  
Diluted ......................................................................................      5,742,648       5,722,869       5,717,575       5,723,528  

F-29 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2017 
(Unaudited) 

Second 
Quarter (2)     
(in thousands, except per share and share data)  
Revenues ......................................................................................   $  207,434    $  240,991    $
Total costs and expenses ..............................................................   $  148,858    $  183,497    $
57,494    $
Income from operations ................................................................   $ 
27,860    $
Net income ...................................................................................   $ 

First 
Quarter (1)     

58,576    $ 
32,113    $ 

Third 
Quarter      
253,833    $
192,918    $
60,915    $
30,905    $

Fourth 
Quarter    
257,698  
198,344  
59,354  
144,293  

Net income per common share: 

Basic .........................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ......................................................................................   $ 

5.66    $ 
5.60    $ 

4.91    $
4.85    $

5.44    $
5.37    $

25.38  
25.09  

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

Basic .........................................................................................      5,671,838       5,678,394       5,680,600       5,684,785  
Diluted ......................................................................................      5,730,901       5,745,617       5,753,910       5,750,420  

(1)  Does not include NewWave operations. 
(2) 

Includes two months of NewWave operations. 

F-30 

  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
 
This page intentionally left blank

This page intentionally left blank

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

Cable One, Inc. (the “Company”) uses certain measures that are not defined by generally accepted accounting principles in the United 
States (“GAAP”) to evaluate various aspects of its business. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial 
measures and should be considered in addition to, not as superior to, or as a substitute for, net income or net profit margin reported in 
accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to net income and Adjusted EBITDA margin is reconciled to net profit margin 
below. 

“Adjusted  EBITDA”  is  defined  as  net  income  plus  interest  expense,  income  tax  provision  (benefit),  depreciation  and  amortization, 
equity-based  compensation,  severance  expense,  (gain)  loss  on  deferred  compensation,  acquisition-related  costs,  (gain)  loss  on  asset 
disposals, system conversion costs, rebranding costs, other (income) expense and other unusual operating expenses, as provided in the 
table below. As such, it eliminates the significant non-cash depreciation and amortization expense that results from the capital-intensive 
nature of the Company’s business as well as other non-cash or special items and is unaffected by the Company’s capital structure or 
investment activities. This measure is limited in that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible 
assets used in generating revenues and the Company’s cash cost of debt financing. These costs are evaluated through other financial 
measures. 

“Adjusted EBITDA margin” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues. 

The  Company  uses  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  to  assess  its  performance.  In  addition,  Adjusted  EBITDA 
generally correlates to the measure used in the leverage ratio calculations under the Company’s credit facilities and senior unsecured 
notes to determine compliance with the covenants contained in the credit facilities and ability to take certain actions under the indenture 
governing  the  notes.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  also  a  significant  performance  measure  used  by  the  Company  in  its  annual  incentive 
compensation program. Adjusted EBITDA does not take into account cash used for mandatory debt service requirements or other non-
discretionary expenditures, and thus does not represent residual funds available for discretionary uses. 

The Company believes Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful to investors in evaluating the operating performance 
of the Company. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and similar measures with similar titles are common measures used by 
investors,  analysts  and  peers  to  compare  performance  in  the  Company’s  industry,  although  the  Company’s  measures  of  Adjusted 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Revenues ...........................................................................   $ 

2018 

2017 (1) 

  % Change 

1,072,295   

  $ 

959,956  

11.7% 

Year Ended December 31, 

Net income ........................................................................   $ 
Net profit margin ...............................................................  
Interest expense ..................................................  
Plus: 
 Income tax provision (benefit) ............................  
 Depreciation and amortization ............................  
 Equity-based compensation ................................  
 Severance expense ..............................................  
 Loss on deferred compensation ..........................  
 Acquisition-related costs.....................................  
 Loss on asset disposals, net .................................  
 System conversion costs (2) .................................  
 Rebranding costs .................................................  
 Other income, net ................................................  

 164,760   
15.4% 
 60,415  
 47,224  
 197,731  
 10,486  
 2,347  
 425  
 1,773  
 14,167  
 5,037  
 968  
 (4,487) 
 500,846   
46.7% 

  $ 

 235,171  
24.5% 
 46,864  
 (45,028) 
 181,619  
 10,743  
 5,652  
 2,753  
 5,942  
 574  

 -     
 -     

 (668) 
 443,622  
46.2% 

(29.9)% 

28.9% 
NM 
8.9% 
(2.4)% 
(58.5)% 
(84.6)% 
(70.2)% 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
12.9% 

Adjusted EBITDA .............................................................   $ 
Adjusted EBITDA margin .................................................  
________ 
NM = Not meaningful. 
(1)   Results for 2017 include only eight months of NewWave Communications (“NewWave”) operations, as NewWave was not acquired until May 

  $ 

1, 2017. 

(2)   Comprised  of  $4.6  million  of  billing  system  conversion  costs  related  to  NewWave  and  $0.4  million  of  enterprise  resource  planning  system 

implementation costs. 

A-1 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Julia M. Laulis 
Chair of the Board,  
President &  
Chief  Executive Officer

Thomas S. Gayner 
Lead Independent Director;  
Chair, Executive Committee and  
Nominating & Governance Committee

Thomas O. Might 
Director

Wallace R. Weitz 
Chair, Compensation 
Committee

Brad D. Brian 
Director

Deborah J. Kissire 
Chair, Audit Committee

Alan G. Spoon 
Director

Katharine B. Weymouth 
Director

EXECUTIVE TEAM

ANNUAL MEETING

Julia M. Laulis 
Chair of the Board, President & Chief Executive Officer

The annual meeting of stockholders will be held on

Michael E. Bowker 
Chief Operating Officer

Steven S. Cochran 
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Stephen A. Fox 
Senior Vice President, Network Architecture

Kenneth E. Johnson 
Senior Vice President, Technology Services

Eric M. Lardy 
Senior Vice President

Charles B. McDonald 
Senior Vice President, Operations

Peter N. Witty 
Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

Christopher D. Boone 
Vice President, Business Services

Michelle D. Cameron 
Vice President, West Division

Tina M. Evangelista 
Vice President, Human Resources

Gary A. McDonald 
Vice President, Northeast Division

Amish M. Patel 
Vice President, Customer Operations

Kishore K. Reddy 
Vice President, Product Support Development

William R. Robertson 
Vice President, South Central Division

Julie A. Seff 
Vice President, Residential Services

Raymond L. Storck, Jr. 
Vice President, Finance & Treasurer

Cary T. Westmark 
Vice President, Information Technology

MAY 17, 2019 - 8 a.m. MST

Cable ONE Corporate Office
210 East Earll Drive
Phoenix, Arizona 85012

STOCK EXCHANGE
Cable ONE common stock is traded on the New York 
Stock Exchange under the symbol 

CABO

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT   
AND REGISTRAR 

GENERAL SHAREHOLDER CORRESPONDENCE 
Computershare
PO Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233-5000 

TRANSFERS BY OVERNIGHT COURIER 
Computershare
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600
Louisville, KY 40202 

SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES 
Communication concerning transfer requirements, lost  
certificates, dividends and changes of address should be  
directed to Computershare Investor Services 

Telephone: (800) 446-2617   |   (781) 575-2723 
TDD: (800) 952-9245

Questions also may be sent via the website: 
us.computershare.com/investor/contact

 
 
 
 
 
210 E. Earll Drive  |  Phoenix, Arizona 85012 | (602) 364-6000  |  cableone.net